THE COSMOGRAPHIcal Glass, containing the pleasant Principles of cosmography, geography, hydrography, or Navigation. Compiled by William Cuningham Doctor in Physic. Excussum Londini in officina joan. Daij Typographi. Anno. 1559. In this Glass if you will behold The Sterry Sky, and Earth so wide, The Seas also, with winds so cold, Yea and thyself all these to guide: What this Type mean first learn a right, So shall the gain thy travail quite. DROICT ET LOYAL TO THE RIGHT Honourable the Lord Robert Duddeley, of the most noble Order of the Garter Knight, Master of the Horse, to the queens most excellent Majesty: and his singular good Lord, and Master. etc. DAEDALUS THAT EXcellent Geometrician (right honourable) whanas with the eyes of knowledge, he did behold that horrible Monster Ignorance, he therewith praesently conceived such intollarable grief, that he daily sought occasion either how to banish her his presence and company: or else by what means to escape, out of her loathsome labyrinth. At length, perceiving she could not be banished, he praepared wings (through Science aid) and so did fly out of her most filthy Prison: according to the pleasant Poëte. Daedalus fabrifactis alis Coelum ipsum adivit. He made him wings where with to fly: Ascending to the Sterrye Sky. Yea this Monster have in all ages been accounted so deformed and Vile, that those whose company she frequented, were reputed not in the numbered of reasonable Creatures: but of brute beasts. For what doth man differ from a beast in nature, if he (leaving reasons rule) follow his sensual appetite as they do? Or wherein doth he so near approach unto God in likeness: as by Science, and Knowledge? for this thing is proper to God only, to know all things: and unto beast to be in all things ignorant, except in such as their senses and custom teach them. Which hath engendered such immortal hate towards this loathsome wight, lest man should lose his name and dignity, that he invented all Arts, sought out all Secrets, and laboured through curious works, to bring her into perpetual exile. But now in these days, lest she should return again (admonished by these examples) I though one of least strength and force, yet not of least good will, have devised this mirror, or Cosmographical Glass. In which, men may behold not one or two personages, but the heavens with herplanets and stars, th'▪ Earth with her beautiful Regions, and the Seas with her marvelous increase. So that she shall not (if men be diligent) creape into any of these places, without espying. Yet considering with myself, how that Ignorance hath left no small number of her friends among us, which seek to deface both science and her servants, I have no other refuge to keep this my Glass from perishing, then to be an humble suitor unto your honour (which doth not only favour Science, but also have given her within your breast a reastinge place) that it may come forth under your noble protection: and be defended as Teucer was under the shield of mighty Ajax, against two sorts of men especially. Of which, th'one will dispraise and despise such things as they never read, and are utterly ignorant in. The other sort will of mere arrogancy il report all men's travails, how exact and perfit so ever they be, they themselves (like Dracns) remaining without profit. As for the learned, wise, and modest, I am sure will not rashly give sentence: but if faults escape, either friendly admonish: or else with pen speedily amend it▪ unto which suit I am the more bouldened, remembering as well your excellent virtues, and gifts of nature, which for fear of suspicion of flattery I overpass, as to all men evident: as also your lordships encouragement of me to knowledge, both in words and most liberal rewards. Wherefore, if it shall please your honore to take this simple work into your tuition, and be Patron unto it: I shall be bouldened (God granting life) to present you also with other of my labours, the Titles of which followeth. 1 An Apology Lib. ij. 2 A new Quadrat, of no man ever published. Lib. ij. 3 The Astronomical Ring. Lib ij 4 Organographia. Lib. iij 5 Gazophilation Astronomicum. Lib. xuj 6 Chronographia. Lib. xii 7 Commentaries in Hypocrates de Aëre, Aquis, & Regionibus. Lib. iij With divers others, whose names I omit for sundry causes. Thus I leave at this present, to trouble your honour with my rude Letters, praying God to grant you long life, continual health, increase of honour: and after this life, a place of joy, and comfort. Your Lordships most humble Servant, W. Cuningham Physician. Gilberti Barcklei Grimbiens. sacrae Theologiae Profess. in Speculum Cosmographicum 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Machina conspicui variis pulcherrima mundi Digna modis homini cognitione venit. Mira Creatoris patet hinc Sapientia, Virtus, Et Bonitas, cui sit semper habendus honos. Quod gravis Aegyptus, quod Athenis Graecia rerum, Quod docuit Musis aemula Roma suis: Hoccè Cuninghamus studijs Gulielmus acutis Anglus in hoc libro Nordovicensis agit. Thomae Langlei Cantabrigiensis ad Lectorem Carmen. Si totam toto divisus ab orb Britannus Noscere Tellurem, si Mare percupiat, Climata, quinquè Plagas, Circlos, positusque Locorum, Sydereos cursus, Tropica Signa, Polos, Quaequè Dies tenebris aequant, quae tempora mutant, Lumine cur Phoebus, Lunaquè deficiant, Gadibus occiduis ater quàm dissidet Indus, Et quantum distent à Scythe, Maurus, Arabs, Spacia metiri, terras describere, & urbes Praestantes charta pingere in exigua, Nomina ventorum, Classes maria omnia circum Ducere, & ad portum quamquè, referre suum, Qui quibus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, quiqùe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vmbras qui varient: haec docet iste liber. En Strabo, Sollinus, Plinius, Mela, & Ptolomaeus, Libris ac tabulis quae docuere suis, unus cuncta tibi monstrat liber iste legenti: Aere potes parvo, discere multa brevi. Haec Cuninghamus sparsim diffusa coëgit Sedulus instar apis, quò tibi prosit Opus. Effecit & primus, ut 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nostras Effingat voces: Momus hic esse cave. Dystichon eiusdem. Hic mundi tractus, terras, Mare, Sidera, Ventos, Vmbras, atquè situs, spacia quanta, scies. Authoris 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Vis Terrae Tractus? Pelagi vis noscere fluxus? Hoc tibi descripsi (candide lector) opus. portrait THE PREFACE OF THE Author, setting out the dignity, and Ample use of cosmography. IF EVER THERE were Art for all men's use invented, Science set forth wherein consisteth Sapience, or Treasure worthy to be had in estimation: no doughte (loving Reader) either cosmography is the same, or else it is not to be found upon th'Earth. For if we do well consider with ourselves what her office is, there is no man I suppose, so mean witted, but will confess her ample use, nor yet so simply learned but must acknowledge her manifold benefits. And if I shall begin with the defence of our Country, which ought to be more praecious, than Parents wife Children or Consanguinity, cosmography herein do so much profit, that without it both valiant Corage, Policy and puissance oftentimes can take no place. For by her we are taught which way to conduct most safely our ooste, where to pitch our tents, where to winter: yea, and where most aptly to encounter with them in the field. Which thing Alexander the mighty Conqueror understanding, accustomed to have the Map and Cart of the Country, by his Cosmographers set out, with which he would war. Commanding it also to be hanged in open markets for all men to behold, whereby the Captains did for see, and seek out where was the easiest places to arrive, and the Soldiers alured with the commodities of the Countries, were made the willinger to the thing. This was it which got him so many victories, and made him so great à Conqueror. This was it which obtained the Romans their fame, more than their force and strength. This hath been to all men profitable, and injurious to no man. On the contrary part, what damage, yea utter subversion hath followed to most noble Princes, and valiant Captains through Ignorance of this Art, histories full well can testify. And that among many, I may recite one Example, was not the mighty pertian King Cyrus (who had brought Babylon, and all the East parts in subjection) vanquished withal his army of Tomyris the Scythian Queen, at the River Oaxis, as he should have passed over? what shall I speak of Agamemnon's army in the Trojan wars: of the Persians, against the Leonidians: or of Crassus, against the Partheans: which ware themselves destroyed, or made captive, their wives children and family spoiled, and their country most ruinously subverted, for want of cosmography. Also, as touching the study of divinity, it is so requisite, and needful, that you shall not understand any book, either of th' old law or Prophets (yea I had almost said, any part of a book, or Chapter of the same) being in this Art ignorant. For what numbered of places, islands, Regions, Cities, Towns, Mountains, Seas, Rivers, and such like, is there to be found in every Book? How often doth father Moses in his. v. books, make mention of Babylon, Sinehar, Armenia (in whose hills, Noë his Ark stayed after the universal deluge) Assur, Charan, Caphdorim or Caldaea, Egypt called of the hebrews Mizraim, Syria (divided into three parts, Mesopotamia, Arabia, and Aethiopia,) with infinite like places, which without cosmography can neither be rightly understand, or yet truly expounded? What contention, and strife, have there sprung in all ages among th' Interpreters of the scriptures, touching the situation of Paradise: their own works most evidently bear witness. All they agree in this point, that it is a place of joy, rest, and abounding in all kind of pleasures, but yet as touching the situation, some understand it spiritually: some imagine it either in heaven or in the hearts of the quiet and faithful: other affirm it a place in th'Earth at this present yet remaining, but is so kept with Angels that no man may come to it: some say it is in th' East part of the world, above the middle reagion of th' Aëre, and so is free from the violence of all winds. Other suppose it to be in the burning Zone, under th' Equinoctial: So that not two in this point do accord. But yet of all the rest, their opinions seemeth most fond, which place it in the middle region of the Aëre, and also those, that understand it spiritually, for that the scripture affirmeth it to be in th' Earth, and the. iiij famous floods (Euphrates, Hidekel now called Tigris, Gihen, which many interpret Nilus, and Phison at this day named Ganges (to come from thence. These things I bring in only as example, to prove the necessary use of it in divinity, and not to dispute either of Paradise or his situation, seeing it belongeth not to my profession, and office. Moreover man's health (without which Honour, Fame, Richesse, Friends, and Life itself, seemeth both troublous, and noisome) can not be conserved in perfit estate, or once lost be recovered and restored without cosmography. For how greatly herein it profiteth, to consider the temperature of Regions, Cities, and Towns, in what Zone, & under what Climate and Parallel they are situated: Hypocrates doth plainly set out. Yea it might seem superfluous, to show how both he & Galenus, commanded their patients to remove from one place, to an other (especially in long sickness) because of th' alteration of th' Aëre. What it availeth also, to know the natures of waters, the quality & pertition of winds, the manners & complexions of th' inhabitants all Physicians right well do understand. And to conclude, in th' election of simples, as stones, treis', roots, herbs, gums, earths, metals, beasts, fowls, & fishes, what light springeth by considering the country from whence they are brought: I suppose no man of that profession, is ignorant. In the making, & ordaining laws, for bridling man's froward appetide, cosmography is not unfruitful. For she setteth out the natures of all people, the laws and statutes by which they are governed, & the sequel of every decree established. Grammarians also, can not fully understand the pleasant invention & perfit sense of the witty Poëtes, but by Cosmographies aid, because of the names of Regions, Cities, Towns, waters, floods, mountains, ceremonies, people and monsters, which every Poet do commonly introduce, in all their writings. I omit for brevity, th' incredible benefits, which springe by reading of Histories: the beauty, & ornature of which, consisteth in the description of countries, names of people, & nature of th' inhabitants: which remain as unknown of th' inexpert of Cosmograghie. Moreover, the famous merchants, have by it not only enriched themselves, but also their country: finding out such commodities, as without it should remain, as not known. Yea & that is daily more & more perceived, for what country, or Island, is not in our age searched out? what shall I herein speak of Vesputius Americus, who (by his knowledge in cosmography) found out America, the four part of the world, (unknown in all ages before our time) to the great benefits of all Europe. I may seem to utter that all men know, in making rehearsal of th' Indians, Calicute, Ginea, the. v. Islands Moluccae, also Porne, Sololi, & infinite other, which are the fruits of cosmography in this our age. Mariners & travailers on the seas (without which no realm can long stand, or man's life be sustained) are bound to acknowledge Cosmographies benefits. For it setteth forth there ports, it showeth their course, it declareth th' order of winds, it warneth them of rocks, shaloves, sands, & infinite like dangers. In travailing by land, her tables pointeth which way to follow, that thy journey may be speedier, safe, short, & pleasant, where you shall ascend up to hills, where to pass over waters, where to walk through woods, and where most aptly to remain at night. If all these were not (as it serveth to infinite uses more than time will permit to repeat,) yet this one were sufficient to keep it in honour, that by it, in so small a lump, or piece of clay, beholding such strange forms of men, beasts, fowls, and fishes: such diversity of times, such burning hills, such marvelous stones, metals & plants, we are enforced to confess th' omnipotency, and wondrous work of God. This is it, that provoked Dioscorides to leave cities, & towns, & travail into deserts, & woods, to search the nature of herbs This caused Atlas, Ptolomaeus, & Alfonce, to be so diligent in setting out the heavens course, & form of this earthly mansion. The utility of this, allured Orpheus, Solon, Democritus, Pythagoras, Eudoxus, Plato, Hipparchus, Polybius, Strabo, & an hundredth more of the ancient Philosophers, to leave their country, friends & acquaintance, not doubting peril of the seas, dangers of enemies, loss of substance, weariness of body: or anguish of mind. Yea the sweatnes thereof was so great that Strabo after his travails said, that if any art were requisite for a Philosopher: it was cosmography. And Homer called Ulysses the wisest among the Grecians, because he knew the natures of people, and the diversity of nations: Adding, that his eloquence, prudence, fortitude, constancy, & other like virtues (meet for a man) ensued of his perigrinations, & travails, which remaining at home, he should never have learned by any precepts, discipline, or teacher. But seeing divers in our age are desirous of knowledge no less than the Philosophers were, & yet can not travail for the discord of nations, the sundry sects of people, and divers other impediments, our refuge is, to say with Propertius. Cogor et è Tabula, pictos ediscere Mundos. In Tables set out, Countries to decern Constrained am I, and eke for to learn. In which, I had almost (through making over much haste) forgotten to recite the benefits we receive of cosmography: in that she delivereth us from great and continual travails. For in a pleasant house, or warm study, she showeth us the hole face of all th' Earth, withal the corners of the same. And from this peregrination, thy wife with shedding salt tears, thy children with lamentations, nor thy friends with words shall dehort & persuade the. In travailing, thou shalt not be molested with the inclemency of th' Aere, boisterous winds, stormy showers, hail, Ice, & snow. Coming to thy lodging, thou shalt not have a churlish & unknown host, which shall minister meat twice sodden, stinking fish, or watered wine. Going to rest, thou shalt not fear lousy beds, or filthy sheets. In Summer, the son with his fiery beams, shall not vex thee: nor yet in winter, stormy Saturnus shall make thy beard frozen. In sailing, thou shalt not dread Pirates, fear Peries and great winds, or have a sick stomach through unwholesome smells. Therefore these things considered, who is not encouraged to achieve such an enterprise, as shall redound to his country's fame, & his perpetual memory? what wise man doth not delight to read such things, as Emperors, Kings & Princes have painfully travailed in, esteeming their labours plenteously rewarded, with the fruit of this Art? But least these my words, should stir up the greedy appetides of divers to this knowledge, & then to want herein that might satisfy the same, behold I have compiled this my Cosmographical glass. By which, such as are delighted in travailing as well by land, as water, shall receive no small comfort (If I be not deceived) & th' other sort, by it may also protract, & set out particular cards for any country, Region, or province: or else th' universal face of th' earth in a general Map. first if they describe Parallel circles in the Map, answering to the like circles in the heavens: & by the right or crooked Horizont, th' equinoctial, polary circles, and altitude of the pole, to limit out the Zones, Climates, & Parallels of Longitude, and Latitude: which being once praepared, you shall place there in the countries, hills, floods, seas, fortresses, Islands, cities, deserts, & such like (according to the precepts of th' art) as are placed on the plat form of th' earth. And that the praeceptes might seem the more facile & plain, I have reduced it into the form of a Dialogue: the names of the personages in deed feigned, but yet most aptly serving our institution. In which Spoudaeus (repraesenting the Scho ler) maketh doubts, asketh Questions, objecteth: yea, & some time, digresseth not from the fond imaginations of the gross witted. Unto which, Philonicus (supplying th'office of a teacher) answereth to to all th'objections, & giveth praeceptes. What diligence I have given in time of the Printing, to the correction hereof, and also in devising sundry new Tables, Pictures, demonstrations, & praeceptes: that you may easily judge by reading the same work. Also what charges the Printer hath sustained, that his good will might not be wanting, that shallbe evident conferring his beautiful Pictures & letters, with such works, as hereto hath been published. And thus I leave the with my Cosmographical Glass, requiring that these my travails & labours, be not rewarded with ingratitude, or ill report. And if for the difficulty of the work, any error escape: remember I am the first that ever in our tongue have written of this argument, & therefore am constrained, to find out the path. which if it be not at this time made plain, smooth & pleasant: if God grant life, & leisure, I trust so to tread it again, that both night and day (walking in the same) thou shalt not miss of the desired Port. Again far well, & favour me, as I wish thy furtherance in knowledge. At Norwich, the xviij. of july. 1559. THE FIRST BOOK OF THE Cosmographical Glass, containing the necessary Principles required in this Art: and therefore is an Isagoge, or Introduction unto the hole work. The Interlocutors▪ Philonicus. Spoudaeus. Spoudaeus. LATELY Calling to my remembrance the Race that every man in this his transitory life have to run: and that faults committed in this course, for want of time, can scarcely with great difficulty, Men happiest labour, and diligence, any thing be amended: I was of force compelled, to confess Time the great test treasure. those most happy, which use this time (being so great a treasure) as repentance may take no place. And on the other part, those most miserable men (yea, rather Images, Men most infortunate. and pictures of men, then very men in deed) which employ their busy cure & care, in stealing, Idleness, vain pastimes, long sleeps, drunkenness, lascivious toying, swe ring, scraping and gathering of Pluto's corn together, as though they had more time, then might be well spent in the exalting of Virtue, supplanting of Vice, and profiting their Country, Friends, and Consanguinity. In time past, following only nature as Ruler and guide, men did more earnestly, (and as it wear with an insatiate mind) seek Uertu for herself, and abhor Uise, for the horrible name thereof: them we do in our days, having both Nature, God's precepts, and politiquè laws, as our Captains and lodesmen. Which abuse of time, is the greatest cause, that men in our age, are not comparable Why men in our age, are not so learned as they were in old time. in any thing to those of times past. For how many sundry Arts, secret Sciences, and wonderful Ingens, through well spending of time, did the ancient Philosophers in their days invent? Archimedes devisyd glasses, with which the Siracusians might burn their The fruit sprin ging of well spent time. enemies far distant, on the seas from them. Ptolomaeus, Atlas, and Alphonsus (being kings) found out the marvelous course and sundry motions, of the supercelestial bodies: writing sundry volumes of them, to the great comfort of such, as are living at this present. Apollo, first found Physic the repairer of health. And in like manner, some one thing, and some an other, of whose Godly traveles so many precious monuments yet remain: yea and the Authors themselves (being dead so many hundred years sense) are as fresh in the mind of man, as it were but yesterday, such is the reward of virtuous travel. But whom do I see walking in yonder green place, among the pleasant birds, flowers, and trees, is it not Philonicus? It is he: I will go and salute him. God the giver of all sapience and science, save you (right reverent Philonicus.) I account myself happy, that I have found you: for now my hope is, to be delivered (although not of all yet) of some of the bonds, and chains, of Ignorance. Philonicus. You are unfeignedly welcome to me at this present: and like as your name is Spoudaeus: so you What Spoudaeus signifieth do in no point degenerate from the same: but are diligent in seeking knowledge, eschewing idleness, and vain pastimes. Spoudaeus. That I learned, taking at you example: for you ever keeping perpetual war with ignorance, The interpretation of Philonicus. and vice of every kind: (for reward whereof virtue also gave you that name) do use to read, and revolve the tree sure of Sapience, I mean, the secret works of Nature shut up, or rather contained, in the worthy and ancient writers. And in reading certain of them, I have found not only matters of great difficulty: but also (as to me it seemeth) of much untruth. Philonicus. You must judge well of their labours which have before our days written: for time bringeth The old writers excused. things to their perfection. If we without any ground, should by our vigilancy, find out such mysteries, yea and (as I may term them) hid secrets of Nature: I assure you, we should have left many more errors to our posterity, than they have in their writings unto us. Yea and there are many things which seem false and untrue: because the gross capacities, of unlearned persons, can not readily comprehend the same. But whereof do those Authors entreat, in which you have so lately traveled? Spoudaeus. They be writers of cosmography, geography, hydrography, or Navigation. But because that either they observe no order, or Method in their teaching, either that they digress from that they take in hand (and fill their volumes with other sciences, rather than cosmography.) I have very little profited by my travel. Philo. I rejoice that your fortune was to take in hand such authors. For cosmography in my judgement is meet for every estate, and most excellent of all other natural science. Wherefore be you nothing discomfortid, and amassed with the difficulty of their writing. For how much the thing transcend in worthiness other knowledge not so plausible: so much the more it is companion with difficulty. And where as you allege, that the most part of them observe no Method, and order: in that I will do my endeavour, (as also in the other, where place shall require) to suplie that want in that behalf. Spoud. You shall marvelously encourage me, and take away the greatest trouble in this my study, if you do not only show me the knowledge thereof in such order, as I may best conceive it: but also explicate, and open such placis, as are obscure and dark for me to understand. Philo. Yet before we take in hand this study, there is one thing, of which I must have knowledge (that is) whether you have red any authors of Arithmetic, Arithmetic and Geometry necessary for this art. and Geometry: else you had best read some of them, and resort to me again at some other convenient season. Spoud. Yes sir I have red the ground of Arts, The whestone of wit, and the path way. Philonicus. That I am glad to understand: so shall it be the easier for me to instruct you, and you better to conceive, and also retain the surer, such things as shallbe taught. For he that will cover the roof of his house, before he have made the foundation, and buildyd the walls: beside the loss of his cost, shall be thought scarce a witty builder. But I will exhort you as time shall seem meet also to read with great diligence Orontius Orontius. Scheubelius. Euclid. Theodosius. Arithmetic, Scheubelius Algeber, Euclides Elementaries, and Theodosius of spherike Demonstrations: not only for this study's sake which you now have in hand: but for all other arts (which taste of the mathematicals) that you shall here after travel in. But now to the scope that you desire. And because that you may know, whereof the matter depend of which we shall entreat, let me here what you call cosmography. Spoud. That seemeth unto me to be none other thing, What cosmography is. than the art which do set forth, and describe the universal world. Philo. You have said rightly, for so the Etymology of this word cosmography doth sound. But is there no dife rinse betwixt this word cosmography, and geography? Spoud. It should so seem to me, for both do describe the world. Philo. Then define you Geography, after such authors minds as you have red. Spoud. That will I do gladly. Ptolomaeus in his geography Lib. 1. cap. 1. defineth it in this sort. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What Geography is. Which sentence I turning into Latin soundith in this sort. Geographia est universarum terrae partium cognitarum, unà cum hiis, quae ei veluti universaliter coniuncta sunt, picturae imitatio. Which in our tongue is as much to say as. geography is the imitation, and description of the face, and picture of th'earth, with her parts known, and of such things as are to it connected and joined. Philo. You have truly repeated Ptolomaeus words. Now I will prove by your definition, that you have erred two ways, in putting no diference betwixt cosmography, and geography. First cosmography teacheth The diference of cosmography and Geography. the description of the universal world, and not of th'earth only: and Geography of th'earth, and of none other part. Spoud. Why sir, make you a diference betwixt the world, and th'earth? Philo. Yea verily, and that as much as betwixt a man, and his little finger, but of that, you shall hear more or we depart. The second way you erred in the order of dividing th'earth: for albeit cosmography describeth the face of th'earth, yet it is by noting and observing certain divisions, answering unto. v. principal parallels or equidistant circles in the heavens. As they dwell in the mids of th'earth that inhabit under th'equinoctial line, and the like of the dwellers under th'other circles, is said On th'other part, geography do deliniat, and set out the universal earth, no respect had unto the fornaned circles of the heavens: but by Hills, Mountains, Seas, floods, and such other notable things, as are in it contained. Spoud. Then by your words I also gather, there is some diference betwixt these two, and chorography. Philo. Yea and that Ptolomaeus in the place of you What chorography is and how it difereth from the other two. alleadgid, do plainly express. For like as cosmography describeth the world, geography th'earth: in like sort chorography, showeth the parts of th'earth, divided in themselves. And severally describeth, the ports, Rivers Havens, Floods, Hills, Mountains, Cities, Villages, Buildings, Fortresses, Walls, yea and every particular thing, in that part contained. And is in respect saith he, of cosmography and Geography, as if a painter should set forth the eye, or ear of a man, and not the whole body, so that chorography consisteth rather in describing the quality and figure, than the bigness, and quantity of any thing. Spoud. Although by your words, I have received more commodity at this present, then by all my reading touching the true diference of these three names: yet if it Things seen are longer in mind, then only hard. may please you to give me the figures of every of them, I shall so steadfastly print it in my mind, as I trust not to forget them, for it is truly said, things seen have longer impresion then only hard. Philo. I will gladly fulfil your request. Mark now this example following. Here first you do see the heavens contain in them th'earth. Which earth is divided into five principal parts, according to the five Circles in the heavens: the names of which for brevity I omit until convenient place, lest thorough often repeating things they at length seem tedious. The ¶ This figure repraesent the form of cosmography. other figure without circles, representeth th'earth, set forth with Waters, Hills, Mountains, and such like. This Picture answereth unto geography. And finally for chorography, I have placed th'excellent City of Norwyche, as the form of it is, at this present 1558. Now that you have learned their difference, declare in which of them you most delight to be instructed. Spoud. I thank you sir, I shall never be able (more than with prayer) to recompense your pains. But sense cosmography excelleth Geography and chorography. cosmography is more excellent than the other two, both for the manifold use, and that it containeth and comprehendeth the other in itself: I would employ my whole industry herein. Philo. Then seeing that cosmography describeth the world as you have said, (and that rightly) it is necessary to know what the world is, what the parts of it are, The argument of the whole work. and how many, yea and finally, by what means, as well the world, as also the parts of it, are described. This perfectly learned, have you then for this present, your whole desire? Spoud. Yes verily. THE DECLARATION OF THE PRINCIPAL places in the City, after th'order of th'alphabet. A Thorpe Wood. B S. Leonardes'. C. The place where men are customably burnt. D. bishops Gate. E. The Cathedral church, called Christ's Church. F. S. Martin's at the Pallis Gate. G Pokethorpe Gates. H. The Suburbs called Pokthorpe. I. Magdalene gates K S. Butholdes. M S. Clementes. N S. Augustine's. P. S, Augustine's Gates. Q. S. Martin's Gates. R. S Martin's at th'Ooke. S. The new mills. T. Hellgates, the Suburbs joining to it, called Heiham. V S. Benet's Gates. W S. ●…les Gates. X. S. Stephen's Gates. Y. Brazen door. Z. S. john's gates. &. Lakenam Wood. AA Chapel in the field. BB Eaten Wood. CC The Castle. DD The hospital. EE The market place. FF S. Peter's permantigate. GG S. Martin's on the hill. HH. S. john's on the hill. TWO S. michael's. LL S. john's at the gates. MM S. Stephens. NN Thorpe. QQ In the right-hand is that part of the river Yërus coming from Yermouth, and runneth thorough the City. QQ The left hand th'other part of the foresaid river going hire into the country. This Picture must be placed before the 9 leaf. Philonicus. Then let us begin with the definition Lib. primo in initio. of the world, which the ancient Cleomedes definith in this manner. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the World is. And I do translate it into Latin as followeth. Mundus est ex caelo, terraque, ac naturis denique in eyes compraehensis, compages. Is autem corpora in se singula continet, nec extra eum, prorsus quicquam cernitur. That is, the world is an apt frame, made of heaven, and earth, & of things in them contained. This comprehendeth all things in itself, neither is there any thing without the limits of it visible. Which definition differith not from Aristotle and other Aristotle. famous writers. So that what so ever is betwixt the seat of the almighty governor of all living creatures, and the centre of the earth: is called the world. And is compared to a round ball and globe. Spoudaeus. Then all that we either by sight may decern, or by art conceive, that same is the world. And containeth in it what so ever the eternal Creater, by his wonderful work have in this circuit blessed, and made. Philonicus. True it is. Spoud. Then I perceive my error before committed, The World and the earth not one thing. where I applied this word world, only to the earth. Philonicus. So in like sort it is otherways abused, but note you diligently that is said before of Cleomedes and it shallbe sufficient. Spoudaeus. And is there nothing beyond this world? my imagination, leadeth me to the contrary. Philonicus. indeed Pythagoras' following imagination, more than Reason affirmeth somewhat to be, Pythagoras' error. which is not comprehended with in the world: and nameth it Vacuum. But Plato, and Aristotle, do overthrow Plato. Aristotle. this assertion. And seeing that it transsendith the knowledge of man let it pass, & return we to our matter. Spoudaeus. What be the parts of the world? Philonicus. The world is made of two parts, that is to say, of the Elementary Region, containing in The World made of two parts. it the four Elements, Fire, Air, Water, and Earth: and what so ever of them is compounded and made, of which hereafter we shall entreat: and of the heavenly region, of which at this present time we will make mention. This Type do represent the world, divided in to his two peculiar parts. This region do in it contain. x. spheres, in such sort The number of the heavens. as the greater comprehendith in him the lesser, as the. x. heaven or Primum mobile, comprehendith the. ix. heaven called also Crystalline. This heaven compasseth the viii. heaven, called in greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because the stars keep one uniform distance in moving, and for that cause are named fixid. And so this receive in this compass the sphere of Saturn, jupiter, Mars, the Son, Venus, Mercurius, the Moon, and the four Elements. Spoud. Why should not the spheres of the Son, and An objection Moon be above the other Planets, as well as in that order, you have rehearsed them? Philo. This serveth not for our purpose, but it is excellently proved of Ptolomaeus, Alphraganus, Tebitius, Archimedes, and other, with such invincible reasons as can not be denied. But me think the pleasant Ptolomaeus. Alphraganus Tebitius. Archimedes. Poet ovidius, maketh a good reason to prove the Son to have his sphere, in like order as is aforesaid, when as he speaketh under the parson of Phoebus, unto young Lib. 2. Metamorphos. Phaethon (entering into his Chariot) in this manner. Altius egressus, caelestia signa cremabis: Inferius terras: medio tutissimus ibis. In our english tongue, the meaning of these versis is thus. direct thy Chariot in a mean, climb thou not to buy: Lest thou dost burn the heavenvly Signs, set in the sterry sky. Or descending to low th' earth, of heat shall feel the flame. But keep the mean, y● shalt be free, from fear, & eke from blame Spoud. The cause is so manifest, that it need no longer declaration. So that I suppose these excellent writers aforesaid, have found out the true order of the spheres as you have repeated them. And that Crates with his company, The error of Crates Albetragnius Democritus and Plato. have no less erred, placing the luminaries above the eight heaven: then Albetragnius which supposeth Venus: and Democritus, which affirmeth Mercury, to be higher than the Son. Philo. Yea and Plato, (which otherwise is a grave Philosopher) did no less err then the other, imagining the luminaries to have their course under all the other Planets. Spoud. Well let them pass, and now to the number of the heavens, which you affirm to be. x. Philoni. You have rightly spoken. Spoud. I remember among other things that I have The Egyptians found out but 8. heavens. red in Diodorus, how that the Egyptians supposed there were but eight heavens: and that by this persuasion. They gave to the seven Planets. seven. heavens. And because they perceived that heaven (which you call the firmament) to carry the fixed stars in it, and to keep one uniform order and distance in rising, none steed, and going down: to circuit th' earth also in. 24. hours: and finally, to carry the heavens of the Planets, by his swiftness about th' earth with him, contrary to their natural motion, they supposed (of whose mind I also am) that there ware but eight heavens. And that, which you call the eight heaven, they name primum mobile. Philo. You may not to rashly adicte yourself to any of their opinions, before you are certain they are either true, or else received as most probable. For by the like Ptolomaeus found out the 9 heaven. reason, I can compel you to confess there are. ix. heavens, as Ptolomaeus affirmeth. But for shortness of time, and that it somewhat swaruiths from our purpose, I will omit it: and lean to th' authority of the famous king, Alfonsus' first found the. 10 heaven out. and grave Philosopher Alphonsus: whose name by his travel, is made immortal. Spoud. Thus I perceive your saying to be verified (when you excused the old writers) that time, bring all things to their perfection. But I have red also of an heaven, which in greek is named 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Empyreum. Philo. It is so named of the wonderful brightness, and beauty. But because it is imoble, and without any moving I exclude it out from the number of the movable heavens: and that, as not serving to our purpose. And thus you have learned what the world is, and also the heavenly region. But for the readier conceiving of that which is now spoken, behold the figure ensuing. Spou. Will it please you now to proceed with th' elementarye region, which you declared to be th' other part of the world? Philo. Before we shall take this part in hand (for the easier avoiding often repetition of one thing) I will give you some introduction into the celestial sphere, touching such circles as must of necessity serve in this art. Spou. And that fault have troubled, yea right excellent authors, for they observing no method, were compelled to repeat one thing divers, and sundry times. But because you made mention of a sphere, may it please you to make definition of it? Philo. All such as have written hereof, do accord in one as Theodosius, Proclus, Euclyde, Orontius, john Theodosius. Proclus. Euclid. Orontius. john Halifax Halifax our worthy countryman, (called also john de sacrobosco.) etc. But as well for th' authority, as also elegancy, I will repeat unto you Theodosius definition, who saith in this wise. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Lib. 1. prop. 1. Sphaera est figura solida comprehensa unâ superficie, ad quam ab uno eorum punctorum quae intra figuram sunt, oens rectae lineae ductae sut inter se aequales A sphere is a sound body, contained within one plat form and bound, unto which all right lines drawn from the Centre, (they being contained within the figure) are found equal among themselves. To the understanding of which definition, is requisite to know both what the centre, axe tree, and diameter of a sphere is. Spoud. Now I perceive the reading of the pathway doth not a little help me, in understanding this definition of Theodosius: as also such words, which are usual in Geometry. But what is this axe tree of the sphere? for I understand that by a centre is nothing ment, but a prick What a centre is. in the mids of any circumference. Philo. Theodosius, calleth the axe tree, a certain right Lib. 1. prop. 3. line drawn by the centre, both ends of it ending in the plat form of the said sphere, the sphere being turned about What the axe tree is. it: and yet this axe tree to remain fixid & without motion. As in example. Here you see A. B. C. to represent the half sphere, the axe tree also drawn through it is A. D. C. which being fixid, & the half sphere turning round about, maketh a parfait round body. As this figure here placed maketh true mention. Spoud. I pray you what difference is there betwixt the diameter of a sphere and the axe tree. Philo. I will show you, omitting th' authors names What a diameter is, and how it difereth from th●… axe tree aforesaid. for briefness. A diameter of a sphere, or globe, is any line drawn thorough the same, going by the centre of the sphere, or globe. And so there may be (yea and you will). xx. diameters, or as many as you please in a sphere: but there can be but one axe tree, on which the sphere, or globe, is revoluid. And this axe tree is void of all motion. Spoud. I will (and it please you) make a proof whereby you shall perceive, if I rightly understand your meaning. Philo. do you so. Spou. Here I will make a sphere, in which I draw right lines, from the one part of the circumference, by the centre, & so to th' other. Such right lines, or diameters, are AD: CF: BE: but I do imagine only A. D. to be the axe tree, and imoble. Philo. Very well wrought. Now proceed we forth. You must also consider that the sphere is divided, into a right sphere and into an obliqne or crooked sphere. they only have a right sphere which dwell under th' equinoctial, The sphere is taken two ways. A right sphere The poles of the world what they are. and have both the pole arctike, and antarctick in their Horizont. Spoud. Do you not call the two points or ends of the axe tree, the forenamed poles? Philo. It is so, and for firmer printing it in memory, behold here the type of them that have a right sphere. As A. D. C. representeth both the axe tree, and the right Horizont: and A. C. the two poles: Yea and B. D. the half part of th' equinoctial. Spoud. So that a man inhabiting under B. D. which is th' equinoctial, do perceive both A. which is the North pole, and C. which is the South, level with th' earth, and his vertical point, in the for said equinoctial. Philo. You do well perceive it. Spoud. Then it followeth, that where either of the poles, is elevated above th' earth, they dwell not under the An obliqne or crooked sphere. equinoctial, and so have a crooked, & an obliqne sphere. Philo. And that do this figure perfectly prove. Here C. E. is the half of the axe tree above th' earth, B. E. is the half of th' equinoctial. C. the one pole above th' earth. Which maketh the half sphere. A. B. C. D. to be obliqne, and crooked, according to my first meaning. Spou. I understand this perfectly Philo. Then is it expedient for you to consider, that this sphere doth in it contain many Circles. Spoud. Your words bring me in a doubt. For I perceive that a circle, & a sphere are both round, & have like Centres, & Diameters. Phil. They have no less, yet they do as greatly differ as the world, & th' earth (of which we made mention) as this definition of Euclid, do manifest plainly. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Lib. 1. defi. 14. which Scheubel. excellently (after his manner) translateth. Circulus est figura plana, una linea compraehensa, quae circumferentia appellatur, ad quam ab uno quodam puncto eorum, quae intra figuram sunt posita, omnes cadentes rectae lineae inter se sunt aequales. And is thus much to say with us. A Circle is à plain and flat figure comprehended within one line, which is called a circumference: unto which, if lines be drawn from the Centre, or point of the circle, unto the circumference, they being contained within the same, are found to be equal one to an other. As in this example. A. is the centre of the Circle: B. C. D. E. the Circumferent line. etc. Spou. By these words I find à two fold difference How a sphere and a Circle differ. betwixt a sphere, & a circle. First, that a circle is à plain, & flat figure, & a sphere of round form, like unto à Ball. And then that a Circle is compraehended within one line, & a sphere within one plat form▪ But now I pray you declare such Circles, as are imagined to be in the sphere of the world, & most necessary for an introduction. Phil. In This sphere chief x. Circles are imagined: The principal circles in the Sphere of the world are x. in numbered. Of which 6. be great, & 4. be small: which in order I will set out. And therefore answer me: Have you not read among your authors of the Horizont circle? we will begin with that first, because necessity enforceth such order. Spou. Yes sir: Proclus defineth it in this sort. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the Ho rizont is. Horizon est circulus qui dividit nobis mundi partem, quae videtur, ab ea quae non apparet: & qui ita in duas partes aequales ●…otum discindit mundi globum, ut eius dimidia pars altera supra terram extet, dimidia altera sub terra sit. Which sounded in our language in this manner. The Horizont is à Circle which divideth, & parteth that part of the world which we see, from that which do not appere●… & which par teeth the world in two equal parts, in such fashion, as th' one half is ever above th' earth, th' other always under. Phil. Th' use of this Circle is right excellent, for by it we find out the rising, & going down of every Planet & Star. In this Horizont the day & night, have also their beginning, & end. Spou. So that this Horizont is â line imagined to go round about by the face of th' earth, parting the heavens in two parts, and is said of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which signifieth to decern, or end. But standing on an high Mountain, A question. steeple, or such like thing, shall I see but half the heavens, Philo. Yes verily, you shall see more than an Hemisphere (for so call they the half sphere) as also being in Th' answer. a valley and low place, you shall not see your Hemisphere totally. And although you may object, that this Horizont divideth not the heaven in two equal portions, yet it is proveth nothing: for th' Astrologians allow no such Horizont. Spoud. And is this Horizont a fixed Circle or not? Philo. It is fixed, and without motion. An objection Spou: It should seem contrary. For I being at London have one Horizont, and going to Andwerpe, have an other, and so at Colein an other, and at Heydelberge another. etc. Philo. I confess no less, but that proveth nothing Th' answer. that the horizont moveth, for look into what error you should fall: you must grant (if the horizont move) that with the turning of the heavens, your horizont Circle must come over your vertical point, once in 24. hours. Spoud. Nay, I will not grant such absurdity in any case: wherefore I see that it is my changing that maketh me to have a new horizont, and not the horizont to move with me. Phil. You hit the nail on the head (as the saying is) The Horizont divided into two parts. Now your author divideth the horizont, like to the sphere: that is, into a right horizont, and into â crooked or obliqne. Spoud. What be they that have a right horizont? A right Horizont. Phil. They have a right horizont, when as this circle crosseth th' equinoctial rightly in two parts, and they have a crooked horizont, when either of the Poles A crooked Ho rizont. is above th' Earth, and th' other under: such is our Horizont which inhabit Europe. But for the better understanding, I have made here a figure, in which C. A. and E. is th' equinoctial. And because B. A. D. crosseth it rightly: It is the right Horizont. Also B. D. are the two Poles of the world: & because B. is elevated above th' earth, it maketh F. A. G. to be th' obliquè Horizont, as these ij. pictures here placed do show. This Picture showeth the form of a right Horizont. This Figure represent a crooked or obliqne Horizont. Spoud. Seeing that the Horizont seemeth only necessary for to know the true rising, & going down of the Son, Moon, Planets, & fixed stars, it can not any thing help for to know when any of them are at the highest above the Horizont for that day, in which place when as the Son cometh: it is midday. For I perceive every Planet, & Star, to ascend by little, & little above th' earth, until they be at the highest: & then in like manner do continually descend, until they come to the Horizont in the West. Phil. For this & divers other occasions (in times past) they imagined a circle which they called the meridian circle and Proclus, in this sort setteth it out. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the Me ridian is. Meridianus circulus is est, qui describitur per polos mundi, & per verticis punctum, in quo cum fuerit sol, facit diei noctisque dimidium. The meridian or midday circle (saith he) is describid and drawn by the poles of the world, and the point directly over our heads called Zenit * Zenit is that point or prick imagined to be directly over our heads & is alway. 90. degrees from the East, South, West, and North. Lib. 1. prop. 3. in which when the Son entereth (which is twice in a natural day) it is midday, or midnight. Spoud. Yea and this meridian by Theodosius probation, shall in all places cross rightly the Horizont, & is also a fixid circle as the Horizont is. Philo. And that was one of the greatest reasons (if I be not deceived) which provoked the Astronomers to make their computation from midday. And as many as dwell either plain North, or South, have the same meridian that you have: and such as are either East, or West, have an other meridian, and not the same which you have. Spoud. Then by your words I gather that the inhabitants which be directly under us (the Geographers Antipodes. name them Antipodes) are under the same meridian line, that we be. Philo. Verily it is true. But we will omit the declaration of them until our next meeting, and I will give you example of the meridian circle, joined with the Horizont. Here you see A. E. C. represent the vertical point, B. D. the poles of the world, by which and A. (being the vertical circle) is the meridian circle A. B. C. D. delineated and drawn. Which crosseth also B. E. D. F. being the Horizont circle. Spoud. This circle I do well remember, but I do further perceive that the Son riseth not always at one time, and therefore is sometime longer or he come to the meridian, and sometime shorter, so that the days increase and decrease continually, except twice every year. (Which is to say the. x. of March, and the. xiv. of September) and then the days, and nights are equal, and he riseth directly East, and setteth plain West: which in other times, he do not, as we may daily understand. Philo. The diference of the times, engendered by the course of the Son, you shall easily find by th' quinoctiall. Spoud. you renew that, which almost was out of my memory. For I reading the for said Proclus, remember he maketh mention of th' equinoctial circle in this wise. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What th' quinoctiall is. A equinoctialis autem circulus est horum quinque parallelorum maximus, ita ab horizonte in duo sectus, ut eius dimidia pars altera sit supra terram, altera vero lub terra: in quo cum fuerit sol, aequinoctia facit duo, vernum & Autumnale. Th' equinoctial is a circle greatest of all th' other. v. Parallels, and is so divided, and parted of the Horizont, that th' one half is ever above th' earth, and th' other half under: into which, when the Son enter (which is twice yearly spring time, and harvest) the days and nights are equal thorough the whole earth. Philo. Moreover you must further consider that this circle difereth from the other two afore said because it is movable, and carried about with the heavens, where the other are steadfast and fixid. Spoud. It must needs so be. But are not the poles of this circle, the poles of the world? Philo. Yes verily, and they that dwell under th' equinoctial have the signs equally ascending, and descending, which should not be, if the poles of it, did vary from the poles of the world. That they do ascend, and also descend equally, Lucan th' excellent Poet, do aptly set out, where he describeth Cato his voyage into Lybia, Lib. 9 which is toward th' equinoctial, in these versis annexid. Non obliquè meant, nec Tauro rectior exit Scorpius, aut Aries donat sua tempora Librae. Aut Astrea jubet lentos descendere Pisces. Par Geminis, Chiron: & idem quòd Carcenus arden's Humidus Aegoceros, nec plus Leo tollitur Vrna. The meaning of which versis in English meater is, The signs in equal times, do ascend and descend: The Balance and the Ram, the Scorpion and Bull. The Twins and Archer eke, the Crabe and Goat defend: The fierce Lion, the Pot with water that is full. The Virgin with her branch, sooner cannot apere: Then the fishes by course approach to the west near. Spoud. I shall and it please you make a prove hereof as I did in the other, whereby you may correct my error, if any shall follow: and then you may proceed with the other circles. Philoni. Do you so. Spoud. I have here made a figure in which C. E. do represent th' equinoctial. B. A. D. the axe tree of the world. B. the north pole or arctic, and D. in like sort th' antarcticke, which are also the poles of th' equinoc tiall. Th' use of the horizon, Meridian, and equinoctial Circles. Philo. I do much commend you. Now further more you may consider, that like as the rising, and going down of the Son, Moon, and Planets, is found out by the help of the Horizont: their true height by the meridian circle: and the variety of time by th' equinoctial: (comparing the quantity of the day present, unto the quantity of the day when as the Son is in th' equinoctial) so there is also a proper path, or way, in which the other Planets, as well as the Son do finish their revolution, and course, according to their true time. Which circle is very needful for Geographers, as hereafter you shall understand. Spoud. I pray you sir, is not that the circle, which I have in a starry night decernid like a broad girdle full of stars, in which also in some part is the mylkey way called as I suppose 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Ptolomaeus, and of Tully lacteus orbis? Philo. It is the very same, and Proclus describeth it in these words. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the zodiac is. Circulus autem obliquus est zodiacus, qui duodecim signa continet, ipseque ex tribus circulis parallelis constituitur: quorum duo latitudinem eius definiunt, tertius vero per media signa ducitur. Hic attingit duos circulos aequales & parallelos, nempe Aestivalem tropicus in prima part Cancri, & Hiemalem in prima part Capricorni. Latitudo autem Zodiaci est partium duodecim, & dicitur obliquus hic circulus, propterea quod parallelos secat circulos. The crooked, obliqne, or thwart circle, is called the Zodiac, which in it contain the. xii. Signs, and is made of three parallel circles, of which two do contain in them the breadth, and latitude: the third * This line is called the ecliptic, because in it is the continual course of the Son and that all Eclipses as well of him as of the moan can not be but in this line. do divide the Signs equally in the mids. This Zodiac, extendith unto two equidistant circles, or parallels. That is to say the summer tropic, in the beginning of Cancer: and the winter in the beginning or first degree of Capricorn. The latitude and breadth of the Zodiac is. xii. degrees, and it is called thwart or crooked, because it crosseth the parallel circles. And here you must note for eschewing further error, that th' author menith by crossing the parallel circles, that the zodiac goeth overthwart them, and not rightly as th' equinoctial, and the right Horizont doth. Spoud. And this circle, is divided into. xii. equal parts which you call signs. What a sign is. Philo. You have truly spoken: yea and every sign, is divided into. thirty. parts, which they call degrees: and every degree, into. lx. minutes. etc. But this serveth What a degree is. rather for Astronomers. Spoud. By your words I gather the length of a degree What a minute is. to be the. 360. part of the heaven (for. xii. times 30. maketh. 360.) and not any determined, or appointed measure, as a yard, a forlong, a mile. etc. Philo. Unto this circle and th' equinoctial, all the moving of the Planets, and fixed stars is referred. For by them we find out their longitude, latitude, and also th' elevation of either poles, which is so necessary in this art, as without it you shall little or nothing profit. But now I will set before your eyes the signs, with their names in Greek, Latin, and English, adding also certain characters of every one of them, which the Astrologians do use both in their writing, also in their instruments. 1 2 3 4 5 6 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉▪ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Septemtrional signs. Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Ramme, bull, Twins, Crabbe, Lion, virgin, ♈ ♉ ♊ ♋ ♌ ♍ 7 8 9 10 11 12 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Libra, Scorp. Sagitta. Capricor. Aquari. Pisces. Meridional signs. Balaun. Scorpion, Archer, Goat. Waterman. Fishes. ♎ ♏ ♐ ♑ ♒ ♓ Spou. These names I have often red in Homer, Sophocles, and other greek poets: and the latin, in Virgil, ovid, Horace, Palingenius, and every other Poet well near do make of them mention: and I do perceive th' use of this circle to be very expedient. For of it consisteth the The use of the zodiac. quantity of the year, the. iiij. times of the same, as the Spring, Summer, Harvest, Winter. But I perceive also other configurations, and forms, as well out of the zodiac, as also in it. And the poets make mention of many of them, as Charles wain, the Dragon, Boötes, Th' eagle, the flying Horse, the seven Stars, the great Dog, and others: of which you make no mention. Philo. No, neither do I intend, lest that I shall seem to espy a mote in an other, and not a beam in mine own eye. For I will digress as little as possible I may, from our A TABLE OF MANY NOT ABLE FIXED STARS WITH THERIDAMAS true LONGITUDE, LATITUDE, AND DECLINATON, faithfully rectified unto the year of our Lord. 1559▪ ¶ The names in english ¶ The names in Latin The names in Greek. The Longitude. The Latitude. Declination. and Magni. S D. M. D. M. P. D M P M The Whale's back Dorsum Caeti, ♈ 6 6 15 40 M 12 11 M 2 The Whale's belly Venture Caeti. ♈ 16 2 20 0 M 12 20 M 2 Aries horn. Cornu Arietis. ♈ 27 42 7 20 S 17 19 S 3 The Rams head. Caput Arietis. ♉ 1 46 10 0 S. 21 16 S 3 The Bulls eye. Oculus Tauri. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ♊ 3 42 5 10 M 15 42 S 1 Orion's left foot. Orio. pes sinist. ♊ 10 12 31 30 M 9 14 M 1 Orion's left shoulder. Orion. hu. sini. ♊ 11 20 17 30 M 4 37 S 2 First in Orion's girdle. Cing. Orio. pri. ♊ 16 22 24 20 M 1 19 M 2 Second in Orion's girdle. Cing. Orio. se. ♊ 18 22 24 50 M 1 49 M 2 Orion's right shoulder. Orio. hu. dex. ♊ 23 6 17 0 M 6 18 S 1 The great Dog. Canis Ma●…or. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ♋ 8 42 39 10 M 15 50 M 1 The lesser Dog. Canis Minor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ♋ 20 12 16 10 M 6 4 S 1 Brightest in Hydra. Lucida Hydrae. ♌ 21 2 20 30 M 4 47 M 2 The Lion's neck. Ceruix Leonis. ♌ 23 16 8 30 S 21 59 S 2 The Lion's heart. Regulus. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ♌ 23 32 0 10 S 14 3 S 1 The Lion's back. Dorsum Leonis ♍ 5 16 13 40 S 22 31 S 2 The Lion's Tail. Cauda Leonis, ♍ 15 32 11 50 S 16 49 S 1 The crows head. Caput Corui. ♎ 5 0 19 40 M 19 53 M 3 The Crows right wing. Ala dextra Cor. ♎ 9 36 14 50 M 17 8 M 3 The Virgin's Spike. Spica Virgins. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ♎ 17 42 2 0 M 4 54 M 1 Betwixt Boötes' thighs. Inter cox. Boo. ♎ 18 6 19 40 S 22 9 S 1 South balance. Lanx Merid. ♏ 9 2 0 40 S 1●… 44 M 2 North Balance. Septemtriona. ♏ 13 12 8 30 S 7 33 M 2 The Scorpions heart. Cor Scorpij. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ♐ 3 42 4 0 M 24 47 S 2 Hercules Head. Caput Herculis ♐ 8 42 37 30 S 15 20 S 3 The Serpent's head. Caput Ophi. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ♐ 15 52 36 0 S 14 7 S 3 The Egle. Aquila. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ♑ 24 52 29 10 S 7 27 S 2 Capricornes Tail. Cauda Capri. ♒ 17 22 2 10 S 14 13 M 3 In Aquarius leg Crus Aquarij. ♓ 2 20 7 30 M 15 52 M 3 Pegasus shoulder. Hum. Pegasi. ♓ 17 42 29 40 S 13 0 S 2 first institution. But I will give you here a table of many notable fixed stars, which are profitable for the trieng out of the latitude of any country and place. Spoud. This table serveth unto small use (if my authors deceive me not) unless that I have in like sort the declination of them. Philo. You say rightly, and to satisfy your expectation, I will also place here a table of declination of the-clipticke line from th'equinoctial, which shall extend unto. 23. degrees. 28. minutes, the true declination of the son, of this our age. Spoud. I pray you sir, what call you the declination of the son, or other planet and star? Philo. It is no other thing then the distance of any star from th'equinoctial unto his true place in the zodiac. And here mark that every star hath two decli Every Planet have two decli nations. nations, the one is having their course in the zodiac from the beginning of Aries, unto th'end of Virgo, and they are North from th'equinoctial. Th'other from the beginning of Libra, unto th'end of Pisces, and they are said to have their declination south from th'equinoctial. Spoud. have this declination of the son, been always one, or it doth vary? Philo. I will show you, in the time of Ptolomaeus as (his works do testify) the sons greatest declination from th'equinoctial was. twenty-three. degrees. lj. minutes, and The diversity of the sons declination, from Ptolomaeus time, unto our age. thirty. secondes. Almaeon found it xxiij degrees xxxiij minutes, and xxx seconds. johannes de monte Regio, tried it to be .23. and but .30. minutes. And George Pour bachius .23. degr. & .28. mi. which agreeth with our time Spoud. This diversity of observation, may arise rather of the instruments not exactly made, then that he do so vary in his declination. Philo. Nay verily. I attribute the cause here of unto that moving of the heaven which is called of Tebitius & Alfonsus, motus trepidationis. Spoud. How may I find this variety of declination, by mine own diligence. Philo. Although it vary not in a man's life any thing sensible, yet because you may both know the observing of it exactly and also teach other that hereafter shall learn as you are now instructed yourself: I will in few words open the whole labour. Take a quadrant (the making of How to find out by Instrument the sons Declination which you shall see among the other instruments) and and set it directly upright upon some plain in the meridian line (the finding of which you shall see in the next treatise) and is here marked A. B. as also C. A. door present, the zenit or vertical point, then raise up and down the ruler (having two sight holes made in it) unto the son, when as he is in the meridian line: and observe diligently that height, in the circle of degrees noted in your quadrant, from B. to C. the xi or xii day of December, which is B. D. until you find he goeth no lower: and again in like case the xi or twelve of june, until you perceive he increaseth nothing in height, and is noted here B. E. and so the distance of D. E. is the distance of the two tropic Circles. Spoud. What mean you by those tropic circles? Philo. You shall know, our conclusion ended. This distance in our days is found .46. degrees .56. minutes, which being parted in two equal parts, & reckoned from th' Equinoctial. B. F. showeth the sons greatest declination Northward from the foresaid Circle, 23. degrees .28. minutes. And in like case southward in Winter. And thus shall you always find his declination. Spoud. This rule will I put in practice when the time of the year doth ensue. Phil. Well now behold this table of Declination, which shall serve thy use more largely than Orontius, or D. Records Table: & is not so proplixe, as E. Reignholdes. A TABLE OF DECLINATION of th' Ecliptic, in Degrees, Minutes, & seconds, from th' Equi. noctiall, answering to the sons greatest Declination .23. Deg. 28. Minu. Degrees. Aries. ♈ Differen. Taurus. ♉ Differen. Gemini. ♊ Differen. Libra. ♎ Scorpius. ♏ Sagittarius. ♐ Deg. Mi. Deg. Mi. Se. Mi. Se. Deg. Mi. Se. Mi. Se. De. Mi. Se. Mi. Se. De. There 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 14 48 20 36 15 30 0 0 20 0 8 41 12 21 17 20 40 2 29 40 0 40 0 17 22 12 29 6 20 43 47 29 20 1 0 0 26 2 12 26 12 14 1 20 47 29 29 0 1 20 0 34 43 12 43 16 20 51 8 28 40 1 40 0 43 24 12 50 18 20 54 45 28 20 2 0 0 52 4 12 57 19 20 58 20 28 0 2 20 1 0 45 1 9 13 4 17 21 1 52 22 1 27 40 2 40 1 9 26 13 11 14 21 5 21 27 20 3 0 1 18 6 13 18 10 21 8 48 27 0 3 20 1 26 46 13 25 3 21 12 12 26 40 3 40 1 65 25 13 31 54 21 15 34 26 20 4 0 1 44 5 13 ●…8 42 15 6 21 18 54 26 0 4 20 1 52 43 13 45 28 21 22 11 25 40 4 40 2 1 22 2 19 13 52 13 21 25 25 25 20 5 0 2 10 〈◊〉 13 58 57 21 28 37 25 0 5 20 2 18 39 14 5 37 21 31 46 24 40 5 40 2 27 17 14 12 16 21 34 53 24 20 6 0 2 35 53 14 18 53 21 37 58 24 0 6 20 2 44 30 3 9 14 25 27 21 40 59 23 40 6 40 2 53 6 14 31 59 16 0 21 43 58 23 20 7 0 3 1 42 14 38 31 21 46 56 23 0 7 20 3 10 17 14 44 59 21 49 51 22 40 7 40 3 18 52 14 51 25 21 52 42 22 20 8 0 3 27 27 14 57 50 21 55 31 22 0 8 20 3 36 0 4 8 15 4 12 21 58 17 21 40 8 40 3 44 33 15 10 32 22 1 1 21 20 9 0 3 53 6 15 16 49 22 3 43 21 0 9 20 4 1 38 15 23 4 22 6 22 20 40 9 40 4 10 9 15 29 18 22 8 59 20 20 10 0 4 18 40 15 35 30 17 2 22 11 33 20 0 10 20 4 27 10 5 6 15 41 39 22 14 4 23 1 19 40 10 40 4 35 38 15 47 46 22 16 33 19 20 11 0 4 47 7 15 53 51 22 19 0 19 0 11 20 4 52 34 15 59 53 22 21 24 18 40 11 40 5 1 1 16 5 53 22 23 45 18 20 12 0 5 9 27 16 11 52 22 26 4 18 0 12 20 5 17 51 6 4 16 17 47 22 28 20 17 40 12 40 5 26 15 16 23 41 22 30 34 17 20 13 0 5 34 39 16 29 33 22 32 45 17 0 13 20 5 43 1 16 35 22 18 1 22 34 54 16 40 13 40 5 51 23 16 41 9 22 37 0 16 20 14 0 5 59 43 16 46 53 22 39 3 16 0 14 20 6 8 2 7 0 16 52 35 22 41 4 15 40 14 40 6 16 21 16 58 15 22 43 2 15 20 15 0 6 24 39 17 3 53 22 44 59 15 0 15 20 6 32 55 17 9 28 22 46 52 14 40 Pisces. ♓ Diffe. Aquarius. ♒ Diffe. Capricorn ♑ Differ. Degries. Virgo. ♍ Leo. ♌ Cancer ♋ THE SECOND part OF THE Table of Declination of th'ecliptic, from th'equinoctial. Degrees. Aries. ♈ Libra. ♎ Differen. Taurus. ♉ Scorpius. ♏ Differen. Gemini. ♊ Sagittarius. ♐ Differen. Deg. Mi. Deg. Mi. Se. Mi. Se. Deg. Mi. Se. Mi. Se. De. Mi. Se. Mi. Se. De. There 15 20 6 32 55 17 9 28 22 46 52 14 40 15 40 6 41 10 17 15 1 22 48 43 14 20 16 0 6 49 25 17 20 33 22 50 31 14 0 16 20 6 57 37 17 26 2 22 52 17 13 40 16 40 7 5 49 8 5 17 31 29 22 54 0 13 20 17 0 7 14 1 17 36 52 22 55 41 13 0 17 20 7 22 11 17 42 13 19 4 22 57 18 12 40 17 40 7 30 19 17 47 33 22 58 54 12 20 18 0 7 38 26 17 52 50 23 0 28 12 0 18 20 7 46 31 17 58 4 23 1 59 11 40 18 40 7 54 36 18 3 16 23 3 26 11 20 19 0 8 2 41 9 8 18 8 26 23 4 52 11 0 19 20 8 10 43 18 13 33 23 6 15 10 40 19 40 8 18 44 18 18 38 23 7 36 10 20 20 0 8 26 44 18 23 41 23 8 ●…3 10 0 20 20 8 34 42 18 28 42 23 10 8 9 40 20 40 8 42 38 18 33 40 23 11 20 9 20 21 0 8 50 34 10 0 18 38 35 23 12 31 9 0 21 20 8 58 28 18 43 28 20 0 23 13 39 8 40 21 40 9 6 21 18 48 19 23 14 44 8 20 22 0 9 14 13 18 53 7 23 15 46 8 0 22 20 9 22 2 18 57 53 23 16 45 7 40 22 40 9 29 50 19 2 36 23 17 43 7 20 23 0 9 37 38 11 0 19 7 18 23 18 38 7 0 23 20 9 45 23 19 11 57 23 19 30 6 40 23 40 9 53 7 19 16 33 23 20 20 6 20 24 0 10 0 49 19 21 7 23 21 7 6 0 24 20 10 8 29 19 25 38 23 21 51 5 40 24 40 10 16 8 19 30 7 23 22 33 5 20 25 0 10 23 47 19 34 33 23 23 13 5 0 25 20 10 31 23 19 38 56 23 23 50 4 40 25 40 10 38 57 19 43 18 23 24 25 4 20 26 0 10 46 29 12 6 19 47 38 23 24 56 4 0 26 20 10 53 59 19 51 55 21 1 23 25 25 3 40 26 40 11 1 29 19 56 9 23 25 52 3 20 27 0 11 8 58 20 0 21 23 26 17 3 0 27 20 11 16 25 20 4 30 23 26 39 2 40 27 40 11 23 48 20 8 37 23 26 58 2 20 28 0 11 31 10 13 1 20 12 41 23 27 14 2 0 28 20 11 38 30 20 16 42 23 27 28 24 0 1 40 28 40 11 45 49 20 20 41 23 27 39 1 20 29 0 11 53 7 20 24 39 23 27 48 1 0 29 20 12 0 22 20 28 34 23 27 54 0 40 29 40 12 7 36 20 32 26 23 27 58 0 20 30 0 12 14 48 20 36 15 23 28 0 0 0 Pisces. ♓ Virgo. ♍ Diffe. Aquarius. ♒ Leo. ♌ Diffe. Capricorn ♑ Cancer ♋ Differ. Degries. Spoud. I pray you learn me th'use of this table. Philo. That I will reserve unto his necessary place? Spou. Then or we proceed any further, show me what the poles of the zodiac be, for every circle have his proper poles: yea and whether they be all one with the poles of th'equinoctial. Philo. I will fulfil your request. The poles of the zodiac, do much differ from the poles of th'equinoctial, as you may easily perceive by this figure here placed. In which I have made C. H. E. I. for th'equinoctial: ●…. H. G. I. for the zodiac, and A. for th'earth. Now if I make B. D. the poles of th'equinoctial as they must needs be: them can they not be the poles of the zodiac, as hereafter you shall hear, but K. L. being the ends of th'axe tree of the said zodiac, shall be the poles. Spoud. I understand your mind. Will you now declare unto me the meaning of the two tropikes, of which you lately made mention. Philo. Yea and that right gladly, using Proclus autho ritie as in the other circles which saith. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the some mer tropic is. Aestiws Tropicus, est circulus omni quos sol describit, ꝓxime Septentriones vergens, in quo cum fuerit Sol, reversionem aestivam facit: Vbi omnium totius anni longissima dies, nox vero brevissima habetur. Nam post reversionem aestivam, non ultra ad septemtriones ꝓgredi Solen videris, sed ad alteram mundi partem reverti: unde circulus hic, Tropicus appellatus est. The Summer Tropic (saith Proclus) is the most northely circled which the Son describeth, in to which when as he enterith, it is the longest day, and shortest night in all the year. For after this somerlye reverting, the Son is not perceived to decline farther North, but directly to the contrary coost: for which cause this circle is called a tropic (or circle of reverting and turning back.) Spou. And what calleth he th'other tropic? Philoni. The winter tropic or circle of returning from the South: as these his words following do testify. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the winter Tropic is. Hyemalis vero tropicus circulus est omnium, quos Sol per mundi conversionem describit, maxime australis, in quem cum sol puenerit hyema lem reversionem facit: ubi maxima omni totius anni nox, dies vero minima conficitur. Nam post hyemalem reversionem, sol ultra non pergit austrum versus, sed ad alteram mundi partem revertitur, unde & huic quoque circulo tropici nomen inditum est. The tropic of winter, is the furthest south circle of all other that y● son by the turning of the world doth describe: into which when he doth enter, he maketh his wynterly return backward, at which season it is the longest night in all the year, and shortest day. For after this return, the son goth not further south, but doth approach to the contrary part of the world: for which cause, this circle also was called a tropic circle. Spo. Proclus here meaneth (as by the repetition of his words I gather) that these two tropikes, are as it were the bounds, & length of the sons journey. For going from the Summer tropic in the beginning of the Crab, he directeth his course in the zodiac towards Libra in th'equinoctial: and so leving it, draweth unto the Winter Tropic in the beginning of the Goat, beyond which he can not go, but returneth backward again, until he cum to the head of the Ram. Philo. It is so, and by these words you may also gather, The four times of the year whereof they take beginning. that the. iiij. times of the year, Spring, summer, Harvest, and Winter, have their beginning in these. iiij. points (that is) the two Aequinictiall points, and the tropics. Spoud. You have here just occasion to speak of the diversity of days, and nights, and it please you. Philo. Yet that shallbe omittid until we make mention of climates, and the parallels: and at this present will speak of these circles which do divide as well Th'equinoctial, as also the zodiac, into. iiij. equal parts: so that the Son being in any of them do make one of the foresaid times. Spou. These circles also are necessary, but what are their names? Philo. They are called Colours, of which th'one is drawn by the beginning of Aries and Lybra, and of that is named th'equinoctial Colour, and th'other by the beginning of cancer, and Capricorn, and called thereof the solstitial Colour, and are definid of Proclus in this manner. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. What the two colours are. Per polos mundi ducuntur circuli, quos aliqui coluros vocant: quibus accidit, ut in sua circumferentia polos mundi habeant. Coluri vero dicti sunt, propterea quod eorum partes quaedam non videantur. Nam reliqui circuli per mundi conversionem toti cernuntur colurorum vero partes quaedam nunquàm videntur, eae scilicet, quas sub horizonte nobis condit circulus Antarcticus. Caeterum ducuntur hii circuli, perpuncta tropicorum, & in parts duas aequales dividunt eum circulum, qui est in zodiaci medio. There are circles drawn by the poles (which some men call) Colours: and contain in their circumference the Poles of the world, & they be named Colours, or trunckid circles, for this consideration, because that some parts of them are not at any time seen. The other circles by the turning of the world are all apparently seen: but some parts of the colours, be never decernyd. Such are these parts as are under our Horizont in the circle Antarctike. These circles also are drawn by the. ij. tropic points, dividing the ecliptic in two equal parts. Spoud. Is there yet more circles to be observed? Philoni. Only Th'arctic, and Antarctike circle remaineth, and then you have learned all such circles of the sphere, as shall serve for our purpose at this present, What the are tick circle is. and therefore I will make definition of them. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Arcticus circulus omnium maximus orbium, qui nobis semper videntur, qui attingens uno puncto Horizontem, totus extat super terram: inter quem inclusa sydera, nequè oriuntur, nequè occidunt, sed tota nocte mundi lustrare polum spectantur. The Arctike circle is the greatest of such circles as do at all times totally appear: which touching in one point only the Horizont, is in all parts above th'earth. And all stars with in this circle included, do neither rise, nor yet set, but turn round about the pole, all the long night. Spoud. What calleth Proclus the antarctike circle? Philo. I will repeat his words. What the An tarctickcircle is. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Antarcticus circulus, est ac parallelus aequalis Arctico orbi, attingens Horizontem uno puncto, & totus sub terra conditus: intra quem, complexa sydera nunquàm à nobis cernuntur. And may aptly be translated into English as followeth. The Antarctike circle, is an equal parallel with the circle Arctic, touching the horizon in one only point, and is totally under the Earth: & the Stars which are within it comprehended, do never rise above the Horizont. Spou. Yet I have hard, that such as inhabit the South parts of Spain, & in calicut, Guinea, & divers other cuntreis, do see many goodly & bright Serres, yea & the south Pole figured with stars like a Cross. Phi. It is as you have said. But of that we will speak in the treatise of Navigation, & to return to Proclus, he meaneth not that the Antartictick Circle & pole of the same is under the horizon to all men: but to us that are on this side th'equinoctial, & therefore it is spoken no less truly, then pleasantly of the sweet Poet Virgilius. Hic, Vertix nobis semper sublimis, at illum Lib. 2. Geor Sub pedibus, Stixatra Videt, manesque profundi. The north Pole, Still we have in sight: But under th'Earth, the South star right. Spou. And what is the Axe tree, & poles of this circle? Philoni. The same, that are of th'equinoctial, & the two tropic circles. For seeing th'equinoctial, the Ij. tropikes, & the circles Arctike, & Antarctike, be equididistant parallels (as Proclus affirmeth) it must then of necessity follow, that they are revolved, & turned upon the same Poles, & have all one Axe tree. Theodosius also confirmeth the same in these words. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 In Sphaera, paralleli circuli circaeosdem polos sunt. Li. 2. Theor. ●… In a Sphere the parallel or equidistant Circles, have all one Pole. But I will not burden you (& especillye in a true cause) which such grave authority, but give you the figure of these. vj. last Circles, & then proceed further herein. In this figure is set all the. v. Parallels, the ij. Colours, & the Zodiac. And first B. D. is the Equinoctial. E. F. the tropic of Cancer. H. G. the tropic of Capricorn. K. M. the Circle Arctike, & L. I. the circle Antarctic, A. B. C. D. the Solstitial colour, A. N. C. O. th'Equinoctial colour, E. G. the Zodiac, & A. C. the Axe tree, which goeth thorough the Centre of th'Earth directly, & endeth at the Poles. Spoud. I must confess the words of Theodosius, & Proclus, to be true: but yet musing with myself, I can not conceive by what reason this Axe tree should stay the Earth. And it standing fixed, the heavens as well under it, as also above th'Earth, should be turned, & revolved in like manner, as we see: & I ever fear lest th'Earth, being so heavy, & ponderous, as it is, should fall to the other part of the Heavens, which is under it. Philo. I perceive you are not yet free from the fond imaginations of the gross witted people, but yet you are the more to be excused, seeing Lactantius being so learned Lactantius petulancy. a man, was so foolish (whether it sprung of petulancy, or ignorance, I know not) as to affirm the Heavens to be flat, & not to go under th'Earth. But now to your doubt, I answer: if God by his wonderful providence, & power, did not stay it in the place where it is, there could be no axe tree which might sustain so unknown a burden, & weight: & therefore you must rather imagine a straight line, to be the foresaid axe tree, (as also the Circles of which we have intreatid, being void of Latitude, and Profundity) then to believe any such circles, or yet axe tree to be in the Heavens visibly: Spoud. I perceive your meaning right well. Philoni. Now you have learned what the vj. great circles of the Sphere are, as the horizon, the Meridian, th'equinoctial, the zodiac, th'equinoctial, & the solsticiall Colours: as also the iiij. lesser Circles, which Why sum Circles are called greater, and some lesser. are the tropic of Cancer, the tropic of Capricorn, the circle Arctic, and the circle Antarctic. Spoud. I have so, I thank you sir. But for what cause be the vj. called the greater Circles, & the iiij. the lesser? Philo. john de Sacro Bosco, doth answer your question in these, or like words. We call that a greater Circle of a Sphere (saith he) which being drawn in the compass of the Sphere upon his Centre, do divide it into two equal portions: & that a lesser Circle, which being drawn as th'other, do not divide the Sphere into equal parts, but inequal portions, such are the iiij. lesser Circles. Spou. If I shall for the better understanding such things as hereto are spoken, make a Sphere of Hopes, & apply your precepts to the instrument, by what order may I gather the true proportion of one of them, to an other? Philo. Because the time doth so fast run, & I have also other matters to entreat on: I will reserve the making of the Sphere, until I show you the composition of other instruments required in this Art, in my Organographie. But now for this present, let this figure (representing the form of the Sphere, with all the principal Circles to it belonging) satisfy thine expectation. Spoud. Then will it please you to take Th'other part of the division of the world. in hand the second part of your division of the world, for hitherto (if I be not deceived) stretcheth the declaration of the heavenly Region. Piloni. True it is, for our talk as yet either was of this region, or else of things giving light to the same: and now let us convert our style in like manner unto th' Elementary Region. This in itself, containeth the iiij. Elements, Fire, Aëre, Water, & Earth, (these are not corruptible) also whatsoever is contained within the circuit of the heaven of the Moon, as well bodies perfit, as also imperfect, made of the foresaid Elements (the Latinistiss call them) corpora mixta. Spoud. And wherefore are there but iiij. Elements? Why there can be but iiij. Eel mentes. Lib. 2. de generation. Philo. Aristotle doth give a sufficient reason: saying, there are so many Elements as there is combination, & mixture, of the simple and first qualities, which can be but four: hoot, and dry, proper to the Fire: hoot and moist, of th' Aëre: could and moist, which is resembled to the water: & could with dryness, to th' Earth. As for heat and coldness, are so repugnant that there can be no mixture of them: no more then of moisture & dryness. There is also an other reason made of Aristotle, taken Lib. primo de Coelo. of the diversity of motion, which I do at this time willingly over pass. Spou. We are agreed of the number of th' Elements, but what is their order, which of them is higher, and which of them lower? Philo. That Element is higher than the rest, which is lightest, most fugitive, and subtle. For it is a general A general maior. mayor among Philosophers, that all light things contend upward: & all gross and ponderous, to the Centre of the Earth. Spou. By this proposition I gather, The situation & place of th' Elements. that the Fire being more subtle then th'other three, shall ascend above them, & be next the Globe of the Moon. For you said, that there may be no place empty, & void. And then next him the Aëre, than the Water, & last of all th' Earth. Philo. It is in like order as you have said. And the Fire, containeth in him the Aëre: Th' Aëre, in his compass the Water: & the Water also doth compass & invirone The Earth, not round about as th'other do, but in divers parts, so that the water, & th'earth, rather make one uniform Globe: as this Figure here annexid doth plainly declare. Spoud. There seemeth in your description to be five distinct Regions, How may that be, seeing that there are but iiij. Elements? Philo. There are as you have said, but the Aery Region, is divided into iij. parts, springing thorough Heat, and Cold: as the higher Th' Aere divided into three Regions. part of the Aëre signified with A. being near to the Orb of the Fire, and is daily carried about, (as Comets and Where Comets and blazing Stars are engendered. blazing Stars there engendered, do apparently declare.) and is made more hoot than the middle Region is: again, the lower region next us, markid with C. is thorough the reflextion of the Son beams rebounding from th'earth also made hoot, therefore the middle region B. being void of heat, is always could: yea and so much the colder, how much the heat is more vehement in th'other two regions. Spou. Then in this middle region I suppose all Hail, Where Hail and Snow is engendered. Snow, and such like is ingendrid. Phil. It is so, but I let that pass, and entreat of th'use of them, touching our first meaning. Spoud. Because the Fire, and Aëre, should seem little to profit in this place, will you somewhat speak of the Water, and Earth? Philo. I will speak nothing of the Water (but refer it until we entreat of Navigation) but only in this place, make mention of th'earth, and so departed until to morrow. Spou. And it wear not more for trobling you, than any weariness that I have, I would wish the day to be. x. days in length, I have received such pleasure in your instructions. But sense the Son somewhat declineth to the west Ocian, I will give diligent ear unto your words, for the short time there is yet remaining. What th'earth is. Phil. I rejoice much to understand your fervent desire to knowledge, which I will to my uttermost further. And now touching th'Earth, consider you that she is lowest of all Elements: black, ponderous, and round, invironid, and enclosed within th'other three. She is called the mother of fruits, the root of all plants, the nourish of living creatures, the foundation of all buildings, the sepulchre of the dead, the Centre of the beautiful frame of the world, the matter and substance of man's body, and the receptakle of heavenly influence. She is also garnished with fragrant flowers, of Man, Beast, and Fowl, inhabited, and comfortably quickened by the nourishing beams of the Son, Moon, Planets, and fixed Stars. Diversity of opinions touching th'earth his form. But you shall note for all that here is spoken, that there is great controversy touching th'earths form: which must be descidid and put away, or we can safely proceed further. As th'opinions of those which affirm th'Earth not to be round, like a Globe or Bowl. Those that affirm it to be of pillar form. Those that will not have it to be the Centre of the heaven. Those that suppose the Earth to move: with other like. But the greatest of all, is the error of those that speak against the roundness of th'Earth. Wherefore I will touch it principally, which thing done, th'other are manifest of themselves. Spoud. You enter into that question, in which of all other I desire most especially to be satisfied, for I also am in that error (if it be an error to say th'earth is not round.) Philo. Bring forth such reasons than, as enforceth you so to judge, and I will answer them. Spou. It seemeth sufficient to An objection, against the round form of th'Earth. credit th'Earth not to be round, if we consider the great deep valleys, that are in it: the Cities, Towers, Castles, and Trees, with such like placed upon the face of the Earth: but most of all, the hougie and high Mountains, and Hills: Of which, some of them are supposed to be These Hills are the greatest in all the Earch. 60. miles in height. As the Hill in th'island Teneriffa, (which Ptolomaeus nameth one of the fortunate Islands) and is beyond Hercules Pillars. Also an other in Thessalia, called (of Solinus) Olympus, * This is the famous Hill of which Poëtes so much entreat: in the top of which the Gentiles builded an altar making to jupiter Sacrifice. being of such height that the ashes (their days of Sacrifice being ended) remain a whole year in the top of the same, not moved with troublous tempests, or vehement blasts: but thorough his great height, is free from all violence of winds. What shall I speak of the Hill Caucasus, which divideth Albania & Colchis, from Sermatia (as doth appear in the second Table of Asia, in Ptolomaeus geography) which Aristotle doth esteem to be of such height, that it may be seen at the mouth of the river maeotis. The distance of which, is from theforsaid Hill. 620. English miles. Moreover you shall see no place, but either flat, or else full of Hills, Dales, Valeis, or such like, which is far from â Globe form, & figure. Phil. Yet do all these words nothing conclude. Do you not consider, that the sight is deceived in things from it, Th'answer to the first objection. far distant. And therefore I will in few words answer you, that these Hills, Mountains, & Valleys, are no more in quantity (respect being had to the whole Earth,) them the Pits & holes of a rough polished Gunstone, to the stone: which although it be not smooth, yet it argueth nothing less than this gunstone not to be round, & like a Globe in form: yea, & then the body of the Th'earth is a stone. Earth being a rough stone, hard, & not so apt to be polished, as the body of the Water, doth remain with such valleys & Hills as you have said, & in many places these valleys are filled with water, to the more apt proportion of a Globe. Moreover, Nature considering the necessity of th'inhabitants in this Centre, left such form unto it as might for their use most conveniently serve. Spou. For what cause suppose you th'Earth to be a stone? Philo. If it were not a stone but Sande, or Clay in substance, than the water being mixed with it, they both should be confounded in themselves: yea & the high Hills, & Mountains, (of which you made mention) should sink, & settle down to the Centre of th'Earth: saying, they are so ponderous, & heavy, & not be sustained, & borne up as they are in the face of th'Earth. But for the further confirming you in that, which is spoken, answer me. Imagine there were a great round trunk of Timber, which went thorough the whole Earth directly by the Centre, & then there were a great heavy stone put in at this Trunk: how far suppose you this stone should descend? Spoud. Until the centre of th'Earth, & mids of the Trunk. Philo. In like case, if th'earth were not an hard, & stony substance, but Clay or Sande (as to our sights doth appear) these Hills, & rocks being much heavier than any stone, should in like sort go to the Centre of th'earth. But have you any other doubts? Spou. Yea verily, & that is, th'Earth to be flat. The 2. objection Philo. What provoketh you so to judge? Spou. This reason, that th'Earth must be in form most agreeable to the Heavens. And that the Heavens be flat, I can prove by th'authority of Lactantius Firmianus. Th'answer. Philoni. It is truly said, that knowledge hath no enemy but ignorance. There are now at these days, no small numbered of Lactantius sort, not scrupulous enemies only, but also Physicians, of whom I am ashamed to speak, & they do contemn that knowledge (which is the greatest & suerist token of God's providence for mankind) either by perverse interpreting the scripture, or else of mere folly, despising that, of which they never tasted, & are utterly ignorant in. But such were very ill to be judges, for they would condemn the man, or they knew the crime of which he were accused: but let that pass. As touching your opinion, that th'Earth is flat, I will prove it to be round from th'East to the West: and in like manner, from the North, to the South. Spou. Then must I needs grant that it is in like sort round in all parts. In lib. 1. de Mundo. Philon. I will use the same arguments that Cleomedes doth. If th'Earth were flat, than the stars should rise at the same moment to us, that they do to them which dwell in th'East parts of the world: & it should be midday with us, & them at one instant: yea & the same Stars should set in the West in like manner with them, and us. Spoud. That they do not, I am most sure: for at Alexandria, à city in Egypt, it is day iij. hours sooner than with us: & night in like sort. Yea & at Compostell in Spain (which is West from us) the day beginneth with us sooner by one hour & a half, then with them: and is day with them, after the Son is set with us, in like sort one hour, & thirty. minutes. Philo. And all this cometh, because th'Earth is round, causing us & them not to have one general Horizont. The like reason is to be said of the diversities of times, in the beginning of an Eclipse, either of Son, or Moon. As for example, th'Eclipse of the Moon, which was 1556. Example of ij. Eclipses of the Moon. the 17. day of November, at one of the clock in the morning, with us at Norwiche, (& for the most part of England) which in the Horizont of Calicut, began at seven. of the clock. In like sort, there shall hap an Eclipse of the Moon, in the year of Christ our saviour. 1562. the 16. day of july, at two of the clock, iiij. minutes in the morning: at which time she shallbe totally darkened, & continue from the beginning to th'end iij. hours, and yet th'inhabitants at Calicut, shall not see any part thereof: which moste evidently showeth the roundness of th'Earth to be the cause, as this Figure here following do more plainly set out: in which, E. signifieth th'Earth: A. the East: C. the West: D. the vertical point for Norwich: & B. in like manner, the Zenit of Calicut. Whereby it is manifest that the Moon shallbe perfectly separated from the Son, or she shall appear in the horizon of Calicut. And yet we in England, & divers other places East, shall see both beginning, & end of her Eclypsing. Spoud. These are sufficient probations to declare th'Earth round, from th'East to the West: but by what argument can you show it to be also round from the South to the North? Philo. That is very easy to prove. For if th'Earth were flat from the South, to the North, than we should see the south Stars under th'Earth: as well as those that be North always in our sight. And again, the Son, Moon, & Stars, at mid day through the universal year, should be ever in one height: which also is false. Spoud. Yea, for I have had practise of that thing, sailing in a ship, for we going from th'equinoctial Line northward, did see the North, & south Poles, equal with the Water. But directing our course more to the north coast, & leaving th'Equinoctial, we reared the north star in short space. xii. degr. & at length, 30. deg. & looking south, we could not see the south Pole, nor yet many other stars which in th'Equinoctial, were visible to us. Phi. Yea, & where your north star was elevated thirty. degrees, your south Pole was thirty. degrees depressed in like manner: But for the firmer fixing it in your memory, behold this Figure: in the which C. signifieth both th'Earth, and water, A. the north Pole, & B. the south, therefore if one go from B. to A (the earth being round) he must have B. so much under him, as A is above his horizon. There are besides these many, & sundry reasons, to prove this thing: which I may omit (as I suppose) to you, which need no longer probation, in that which is most manifest. Spo. Yet these arguments shall not only stay my mind in a truth, but also with the same I shall con foot th'errors of other, if any shall spring about this matter. Ptolomaeus. Cleomedes. Philo. Aristotle. E. Reignholt. Orontius. Phil. Then I will exhort you, where these shall not seem sufficient, you will gather more & stronger out of Ptolomaeus Almegiste, Cleomedes de mundo, Philo de mundo, Aristotle, Erasmus Reignholt, Orontius, Hic canet errantem Lunam, Solisque labores Arcturunque, plwiasque hyad. geninosque triones john de Sacrobosco, & our countryman master Record, which doth almost repeat all their arguments, in the Castle of knowledge. And now behold the Type of the world, containing in it, as well the heavenly Region, with such Spheres, & Circles, as have been in sundry parts before set forth in this treatise: as also th'Elementary region, comprehending the Fire, Aëre, Water, & Earth: in such order & form, as is consonant & agreeing both with Reason, Practice, and Authority of most approved authors. And for this time we will departed: for behold the Son is gone to rest, & Hesperus do show in the West very bright, all other living things also do apply them to take rest: therefore let us go down this Hill into the City, refreshing ourselves, & quickening memory, & to morrow I will meet you in this same place again. Spoud. I thank you heartily. Philoni. Let me here & you can repeat the sum of such things, as we have taken in hand this day, as we walk downward. Spoud. With a right good will. 1 first, you showed me what cosmography was, what Geography, and what chorography, yea, and wherein every of them differeth from other. 2 Next, what the world was, with his parts (that is to say) the Heavenly Region, & Elementary: with a brief Discourse, touching the Parts, and order of the Heavenly Region. 3 Thirdly, what a Sphere is, how it is divided into a Right, and Crooked Sphere: And how it differeth from a Cirle. 4 fourth, what a Centre was, what an Axe tree, what a Diameter, and of their difference. 5 fifthly, of the Principal Circles which are said to be in this Sphere. As the Horizont, Meridian, equinoctial, Zodiac, two Colours, the two tropics, the Circles Arctic, and Antarctick. Also that the Horizont; and Meridian Circles be stable, and without motion, with divers other things hereto belonging. 6 Last, you proceeded to the second part of the world, which is th' Elementary Region: In which you refuted sundry opinions, touching the form of th' Earth. Philo. Now I perceive both your apt nature in conceiving such things as are spoken, & also your firm memory in retaining the same. Wherefore you shall encourage me, to give you further instructions. But for this time I must bid you far well. Spou. God preserve you, & grant you life to accomplish your desire, in profiting your country, as you do intend. Amen. THE second BOOK OF the Cosmographical Glass: in which is plainly expressed the Order, and Number, of Zones, Parallels, and Climates. Also sundry ways for th'exact finding out of the meridian Line: The Longitude, & Latitude, of places: with many other precepts, belonging to the making of a Cart, or Map. Spoudaeus. MORPHEUS THE God of dreams, with his sleepy rod, so much this last night frequented my company, that (my body taking rest) my mind was much more busily traveling in such conclusions as I had learned of Philonicus, them it was in the time of his teaching. For some time Morphêus showed me the Son, in the tropic of Capricorn, When the Son is in the Tropic of Capricorn. In both Aequi noctiall points. far in the South, among the cloudy skies, as he commonly is the. 13. day of December: And next he appeared in th' Equinoctial points, as it is the tenth day of March, and the. 14. of Septemb. willing me with great diligence to note that parallel circle. Shortly after the son appeared in the tropic of Cancer, in which place he is In the Tropic of Cancer. the. 12. day of june, causing in our region the longest day in the year. & immediately the time seemed as it were midnight, & Charles Wayne, with Boötes, & divers other stars, turned about the Pole. But as he would have carried me about the heavens, to have showed me the North Crown, strong Hercules, Cassiopeia, th' Eagle, the flying Horse, mighty Orion, the two Dogs, & the famous, & great ship Argo. etc. Mercury the messenger of the Gods came to my bed side, & said, Aurora did appear, & Phoebus with his golden beams, was entered his chariot, minding to finish his diurnal ark: so that it was a reproach for me, any longer to play the sluggard: declaring more over that Philonicus was in the fields. And surely I suppose no less, but I shall not from him be long absent. I am justly reprehended of Mercury, because the time that is consumed with sleep more than nature requireth, is all lost: for there spring no profit thereof, but sickness & disquietness, both of body & mind. But what is he that calleth Spoudaeus, & beckneth with his hand? It is Philonicus. I will make speed to meet him. Philon. God save you Spoudaeus. Spoud. And you also, most hertilie I require the Gods: you know th' occasion (I trust) of my resorting into this place. Philo. For to be further instructed in the knowledge of cosmography. what is taught in this second Book. Spoud. It is verily my desire, & specially to know the Longitude, Latitude, & circuit of th' Earth, and of the division of it into Climates, to know the meaning of Zones, & parallels: to find out the meridian line, the longitude & latitude of any place: because they have a singular use in this Arte. Philo. You have repeated matter enough to consume this day in, & I will if time permit, willingly satisfy your request. But saying this thing doth depend chief of dimention, & measuring: it is requisite to know that first, yea & the principal parts of it. Spou. Dimention is no other thing, than a longitude What Dimention is. known, & practised: by which we may in like manner, measure th'unknown distance of places by the same experience. Philo. True it is. And there are three things only which may be measured. For either it is a line, as Longitude: or else a Plat form, as Latitude: or last, a body, as thickness, or profundity. Spoud. Glarianus hath the like saying, & Campanus showeth whereof these three do spring, in this manner. A What a Point is. What a Line is. point (saith he) is that which have no parts, yet by the moving of it, a line is described. And a line, moved because it hath length (being void of breadth & deepness) can but describe a plat What a Plat form is. form. This plat form, is both a round plat form, & also a flat, as in these figures. And a plat form moved, because it hath length & breadth, describeth a Body, having both What a Body is. length, breadth, & deepness. Philo. A round plat form. A plain plat form. A Barley corn is the least mea sure, yet from it do all other measures proceed, as A Finger breadth, An Vnche. A Hand breadth. A Span. A Foot. A geometrical Pase. An English perch. A furlong. An English furlong. A Leque. An Italian mile. A common German mile An English mile. Containing in it. 4 Barley corns in thickness. 3 Fingers. 4 Fingers. 3 Hand breadth. 4 Hand breadth. 5 Five foot. 16 Foot & a half. 125 Pase. 660 Foot, or 132. Pase. 1500 Pase. 1000 pace, or 8. furlongs 32 furlongs. 8 furlongs. There is also diversity what a Furlong should contain in length, & it should appear that Ptolomaeus, Strabo, & Plinius, do not agree herein. Lib. 2. cap. 23. Natura. hist. Spou. What call you this word Furlong? Philon. That which the Grecians call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 & Pliny name it stadium 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. That is, a station. And it is usurped, for a place where men exercise their horse, ronning a race, which length Pliny determineth to be 125. paces, or. 625. foot, by which reason. 8. of these furlongs do make an Italian or English mile, which being multiplied by 4. makes. 32. furlongs, the length of a common Germany mile, I call it a common German mile, for that in Helvetia not observing any true distance Helvetian miles. in their journeys, they use 40. or. 50. furlongs for a mile. Spou. Those are Robin Hodes miles as the proverb is. Phi. There is also a divers order in measure observed, as th' Egyptians by signs: the Grecians by furlongs: the Spaniards, & French men by leques: the Italians, Germans, & Englishmen, by miles: which I thought meet to declare, more for that it may further you in reading their works, then that I intend to introduce in place any of their ways, but will use only th' English mile, The quantity of an English mile. writing to English men: the quantity whereof as I said, is 8. furlongs: every furlong containing 132. paces: every pace 5. foot: every foot, 4. handbreadthes: every hand breadth, 4. fingers in thickness: every finger, 4. Barley corns round & dried. So that an English mile containeth in length. 253440. Barley corns, as by the rules of Arithmetic, is manifest & plain. Spoud. This seemeth very strange, yea rather incredible, yet surely to be true, I am assured. Philon.. You shall understand matters, both more strange, & pleasant than this, which is found out by th' infallible rules of Arithmetic, & Geometry: & now proceed we to our purpose, beginning with this word Longitude. Spoud. I take it for no other thing than the distance of a Star, or part of a sign, from the beginning of Aries the first sign, in the Zodiac. As the Virgin's spike, in the xvij. degree. xlij. minutes of Libra: is vj. signs, xvij. degrees, & xlij. minu. or 197. degrees. xlij. minu. from the head of Aries. Philo. That signification of Longitude, is used among Longitude taken two ways th' Astronomers: but in cosmography it is otherwise. For they call the Longitude of any Region, the portion of th' Equinoctial Circle, which is included betwixt the Canarian Islands, (in the West being the first degree of Longitude) & the meridian of the Region, that thou wilt describe. Such portion of th' Equinoctial in the mids of England (from the forenamed Islands) is about xxij. degrees. Spoud. Then in describing the face of th' Earth, Cosmographers do place the first degree of Longitude in the West fortunate Islands, & so proceed thorough the whole face of the same, until they come to that place again. Philo. It is so as you say. So that the mids of th' Earth is 180. degrees, from the West. Such are th' East Indians, & 360. is the furthest that one can be from the West. Spou. But could not the degrees of Longitude be accounted from some other part of th' Earth, as well as from th' jandes afore said? Philo. Yes verily: but Ptolomaeus the restorer of this Ptolomaeus. Art, placed the first degree of Longitude in them, as the furthest point of the confines & bounds of Africa, & Hercules' Pillars. Europe: as the famous, & excellent pillars of Hercules (called of Diodorus (alpe, & Abyle) doth declare. The cause which moved Ptolomaeus thus to do, you shall find In Prologo li. 2. Geographiae in his Geography. Spoud. And is there the like difference, betwixt Cosmographers & Astronomers concerning the signification of the Latitude of a region, as there was in the Longitude? Philo. No verily: For they mean nothing else by the What Latitud is. Latitude of a region, but th' Ark, or portion of the meridian circle, contained betwixt the Pole of the world, & the Horizont of the same region. Spou. And is not this Latitude, reckoned from th' Equinoctial unto either of the Poles? Philo. It is, as in like manner the Longitude, from the West to th' East. Spoud. Yet Glarianus accounteth Glarianus error. the Latitude from the North to the South, & not from th' Equator toward either of the Poles. Philon. It is a small error, & you yourself are able to refute it. But now will I show unto you how much the circuit of th' Earth is, & then make mention of the Zones. Spou. Sir, never take it in hand, for the common people will judge you mad: saying you neither have gone about the viii. part of it, neither yet for want of years you might achieve such an enterprise, although you had so long life given you, as Nestor had, because of the hougie Seas, great Rivers, & deep Lakes, besides Woods, Rocks, desert places, & innumerable perils: which I can not repeat. Philon. You have truly said, if there were none other way to attain to it, than by traveling about it: but it shallbe sufficient to have traveled any portion of this great circuit. For Ptolomaeus showeth How to find out the Circuit of th' Earth. how to find out the Circuit of th' Earth, by searching the distance of a great Circle, comprehended betwixt the vertical points of two (or more) places, distant à sunder. Spoud. By what mean shall I find out the vertical point * The vertical Point, Zenit or Pole of the Horizont, is so much distance from the Equinoctial, how much the Pole is elevated above the horizon. And like as the meridian, ever do describe the north and south costs: so doth the vertical Parallel, the East and West. ? Phi. It is equal to the Pole Arctike (the finding of which, hereafter I will teach you) & you may use th' one for th' other: than you also in like manner must know the distance in miles of these places, after divid the distance of the two places, by the difference of the two vertical points, & the quotient shall show you how many miles do answer to one degree of the said Circle in the Heavens. But or we further proceed, mark this figure, in which C. is th' earth, A. B. the distance of two placis in th' Earth, D. E. the space of the great Circle in Heaven, betwixt the two vertical points. Now dividing the space, A. B. by D. E. the quotient shall show the number of miles. As for example: I take th' elevation of the pole at Portsmouth, which is the furthest place on the south shore of England, & find it, 51. degr. 20. minutes: & in like An example. sort at Barwike, the furthest place North, whose Latitud is 56. deg. 50. mi. The difference of these. 2. elevations is. 5. degrees, 30. minutes. Also the direct distance from Portsmouth to Berwick, is 330. miles. Therefore dividing the. 330. miles (which is the portion of th' Earth, answering the difference of these 2. Elevations) by the 5. degrees, & 30. minutes, which is the difference: I find the quotient to be. 60. Wherefore in all places in England 60. miles, answer to one degree of any great Circle in the heaven. Spoud. Then I pray you return to your figure again, and confer it with your example. Philo. I will so do. First. A. do represent Barwike. B in like manner Portsmouth, whose elevations of the pole Arctic is set over their heads. The distance from. A. to. B. 330. miles, the portion of the heaven betwixt the ij. elevations is. 5. degrees. 30. minutes: by which I did divide the distance of th' Earth. A. B. finding the quotient. 60. And in like sort you may work with any other places in th' Earth. Spoud. This serveth well for to know what portion of th' Earth in England, answereth to th' Ark of any great Circle contained betwixt the Zenit of two several places. But what is this in respect of the Circuit & compass of the hole Earth? Philo. Yet by this you are able to declare how many miles answer to. 30. degrees? Spou. Yea verily, and that easily. Philo. And by the same order you may find that. 21600. English miles, answer unto. 360. degrees which is the compass of the heavens. Spou. This is so evident that all men must needs confess it, but it seemeth very meruailus. Ph. What say you then (which is more) if I make you presently to find how many barley corns in thickness will go about the Horizont, if they might be placed equally? Spo. It seemeth impossible to be brought to pass by any man's devise, & therefore you had best omit the work. Phi. You know how many barley corns will extend the length of an English mile. Spo. Yes sir, you said. 253440. maketh a mile in length. Phi. Then if. 253440. corns make a mile: shall not 5474304000. barley corns answer to. 21600 miles. Spo. And is there any difference Diversity of opinions touching th'earth his circuit. touching the compass of th'earth? Ph. Yes for Ptolo. saith 22500. mil. the circuit of th'earth. Tibitius & Alphraganus but. 20400. Eratosthenes. 31250. & Hipparchus 34625. Spo. And you differ from them all: but whereof doth all this diversity spring? Phi. Ether of the diversity of the measures, or else that the places Latitudes were not exactly known. As Ptolom. making example of Alexandria & Rodia, calleth Rodia 36. deg. & 50. mi: Where it is 38 degr. &. 30. min. now behold the Figure. And seeing you have learned sufficiently what the Longitude, Latitude, Circuit, or Compass of th'Earth is: it should seem very requisite to make plain relation, which places of th'Earth are habitable, & which be not. Spoud. That thing is very expedient aswell, for the conservation, as also reperation, & restoring a man unto health lost. For by that invention the temperature of th'air, is easily found out. Phil. You have well spoken, & therefore we will convert our talk unto the zones. Spou. It should seem first requisite to declare the nature of Parallels, for by the distinction of them (as I remember) the Zones are found out. Philo. It is so, but here note that there are Parallels which divideth the Longitude of Regions, & are called Parallels of Longitude, & also Parallels of Climates (which in there place I will declare) making here mention but of v. only, which have principal use in the distinction of zones. As th'equinoctial, the ij. tropikes, the What a Zone is. circles Arcttike, & Antarctike. And these divide the face of th'Earth in five portions, or parts, & are called zones, in French bends, & we may aptly call them equidistaunt places, or Girdles. Spou. And how is th'Earth divided into five Zones according to the v. parallel Circles? Phi. I will show you after Parmenides Parmenides. Possidomus. mind, unto whom Possidonius (as Strabo witnesseth) ascribeth th'invention. First directly under th'equinoctial in the heavens, there is also in the mides of th'earth an Equino. imagined, & under the tropic in the heaven, two tropic Circles in th' Earth: and finally, under the two polary circles in the Heaven, two circles in th' Earth answering in like proportion: so that th' Earth is parted in v. equal portions, which are called zones, as this Figure doth manifestly set out. Spoud. Do you not in this Figure call every portion betwixt two parallels: a zone? Phil. Yes verily, as the space betwixt the tropic of Cacer, & Capricorn, in Graeke is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, with us the burning zone, The burning zone. because the son goeth over th' inhabitants heads continually. Also betwixt the tropic of Cancer, & Temperate zones. the Circle Arctike, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. or the temperate zone. And the portion betwixt the circle Arctic & the north Frozen Zones Pole 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we call it Frozen. In like manner with th' other two zones south from th' Equinoctial, the temperate south zone is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the frozen zone, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Spou. Yet by my computation your table showeth sex zones: Two frozen zones, two temperate, and two burning zones: for the space betwixt the two Tropic Parallels, is divided equally of th' Equinoctial. Phi. You are in the same error that Polybius was (as Polybius error. testifieth Strabo) but Proclus hereto do aptly answer, where he speak of zones, and I will repeat his words of this burning zone only, omitting the rest, whereby it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. shallbe evident unto you, that there are not two, but one burning zone, his words are these. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Reliqua quae inter memoratas quatuor medium locum tenet, quod sub ipso Solistransitu jacet, torrida nuncupatur: à terestri equatore in duas partes divisa. Th' other zone (saith Proclus) which is in the mids of the. iiij. aforesaid, because it lieth under the course of the son, is called burning: and is divided of th' earthly equinoctial, in two equal portions. Spoud. But what compelled Proclus to say that it is but one zone: seeing it is divided in two, by the aforesaid earthly equinoctial? I will tell you, because there is no alteration of the quality, & temperature of the heavens betwixt the space and distance of the. ij. Tropikes, but continually hot all the year (by reason of the sons journey in the zodiac as in the figure you may see) therefore not only Proclus but also Plato, Aristotle, Strabo, ovid and Virgil yea & all authors do make their account but of. v. zones. An objection. Spo. It should seem that this burning zone, for the fervent heat, & the. ij. frozen zones so far distant from the sons course, should not be habitable, as ovid doth right Lib. 1. Metamorphos. excellently in these verses set out. Vtque duae dextra coelum, totidemque sinistra part, secant zonae: quinta est ardentior illis: Sic onus inclusum numero distinxit eodem Cura dei, totidemque plagae tellere praemuntur: Quarum, quae media est, non est habitabilis aestu. Nix tegit alta duas, totidem inter utrasque locavit, Temperiemque dedit, mista cum frigore flamma. Like as the Zones into v. parts do right the Heavens divide, Even so, for th' Earth a numbered like, nature did well provide The midst of them all men eschew, the burning is so fell. In the zones next the Poles through could, no creature long may dwell. betwixt these, & the burning Zone, two other see you may, For tempratnes replenished with living things always. Philo. Well, because I will not have you to err with The Answer. Poëtes, & other that suppose these not habitable, I will take the more diligence to drive this Heresy out of your Ptolomaeus. Auicenna. head, & although Ptolomaeus, & Auicenna were of sufficient authority, to make you credit this thing, affirming that they have seen men which did inhabit betwixt th' Equinoctial, & the tropic of Cancer: yea, & that, there are many notable Cities, & Villages: yet I will use other reasons than testimonies in this behalf. And first answer me: Is not the heat of the Son cause (that in the Summer season he inclining toward our habitation) that men's colour in their faces & hands are made blacker, then naturally they are? Spoud. Yes verily: & I have seen some dwellers in little Villages, as Plowmen, herdmen, & Shepehards marvelously sonneburnt. Philon. What will you conjecture then of those people that are black, face, body & all extern parts of them, doth it not come of the heat of the Son? Spoud. It must needs so be, and I have seen men of that colour, & we call them Aethiopians. Philo. Very well, & do not you believe that the country where they dwell, must of force be under the beams of the Son? Spou. Else it could not follow that their colour should so much differ from ours. Philon. And there is no place under the perpendicular Son beams, but only this burning Zone: & Ara bia (somewhat from the Son beams situated) is the cause that th' inhabitants, are not so black as the Aethiopians: nor the Spaniards, as th' Arabians: or Frenchmen, as the Spaniards. Spoud. And the germans have their skin whiter than the frenchmen: & we here in England, than all these: so that the further from this burning Zone, the whiter the sky: and the nearer th' Equinoctial, the blacker, & more adust & burnt. Philo. Moreover the Navigation to Calicute, (of Vesputius Columbus. which voyage Vesputius, & Columbus were the first authors, & now more frequented of the spaniards, then sailing into countries nigh adjacent to us) do witness bear, that under this burning Zone there are inhabitants. Spou. by these words it is manifest, that the burning Zone is not habitable only, but also inhabited. And as touching the temperate Zones, no man is so foolish, or mad, as to deny them to be replenished with all living creatures abundantly: wherefore if you can prove that the two Zones, next the Poles are also habitable, you shall as far banish this error from me, as the Son doth darkness. Philoni. Although Ptolomaeus do not describe any parallel beyond Thylim, which is two degr. & more of this side of the Circle Arctike. And that for the situation of it, far distant from the beams of the son, and therefore the Waters continually frozen and th'Earth with Snow covered: Yet Erasmus Reignholt Erasmus Reignholt. (and that truley) describeth a Parallel by Hielso, an Island in Norway which is. 9 degrees beyond the polary or Arctike circle. Also the green land, and in divers countries there inhabited, and the inhabitants are called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Latin Periscij, and we may call them aptly inhabitants which have there shadow daily declining unto all parts of the Horizont. Spo. Then I perceive that both the burning zone, & also the frozen are habitable and not that only, but also inhabited, although not so plentifully as the temperate zone. But now sense there is offered good occasion to entreat of shadows, and their diversity▪ yea and the place serveth aptly for it, or we do further proceed. Wherefore I require you, to turn our communication to this matter. Phi. With a right willing mind. You must first understand that of the diversity of shadows, there ar. iij. divers distinct habitations of people found, that is to say, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. which names also the latinest use, Amphiscij, Heteroscij, Periscij, & we want apt English terms for them, yet I will make it plain though I use the more words. And first I will speak of those which we call Amphiscij. You do mark well that the sons course, & Amphiscij. recourse continually in the Zodiac maketh the shadow long, and short? Spou. I know that well, and the nearer he cometh toward us, the shorter is the shadow, and the further he goeth from us, the longer he giveth a shadow. Philo. It is so as you say. But how think you, is there not some place that hath no shadow? Spoud. There can be no such. Philo. If the greatest declination of the Son from th'equinoctial near to the zenit, & vertical point, make the shadow shortest that can be in thy region: then where he goeth over any zenit, there must be no shadow. Spou. It should seem to follow. Phil. Yea it must of necessity so be. Spoud. But where is there any such, over whose heads the Son directly goeth? Philo. Such be those that dwell in the burning Zone, which (as I said) is betwixt the two Tropikes, so that when the Son is in the beginning of Aries, and Libra, they have no shadow, and therefore Ascij hath two Somers & two Winters. lib. 9 Plinius calleth them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ascij, or people without shadow. And because he is twice yearly in these points, they have two summers, and in like case two winters, for that he declineth to the Tropikes of Cancer, and Capricorn. Libro. 9 Wherefore Lucanus spoke of such inhabitants very aptly, in this these verses following. Depraensum est hunc esse locum, quo circulus alti Zolstitii, medium signorum percutit orbem. This is the place where th'equinoctial divides The Zodiac in twain, causing two Summer tides. Spoud. I remember that Ptolomaeus in his Almegist Lib. 2. cap. 4. maketh mention of such inhabitants, and nameth also such as dwell under the tropikes Ascij, but yet I should not have called it to mind if you had not given th'occasion. Philo. Yet this people when as the son declineth Northward from them, have a shadow, which shadow falleth at none stead directly south (for of other shadows I make no account). Spoud. It must needs so be, for the son is North from that thing which giveth the shadow. Philon. And when the son is in the winter point, unto what cost do the shadow decline? Spoud. It shall fall directly North by the reason of you alleged. Philo. Here than you see the cause where of these inhabitants were called Amphiscij, and we may call them double or two fold shadowed. Spou. I understand your meaning. Philon. The Heteroscij. second be those, which have the shadow continually, toward one cost, either North or South. Spou. Then we be in the numbered of those, for we have our shadow directly North. Phi. And such be those that dwell in th' opposite place of Antipodes. th' earth against us (& therefore called Antipodes. For the so ne never coming over their zenit, they have the shadow into the South cost perpetually declining, as we have into the north. Spou. This must needs be certainly true, but yet I do much marvel thereat. Phil. What so ever is rare, and not commonly seen and hard, is ever marvelous. And the Arabians coming into Europe, marveled as much to see the shadow Northward, as you do to here it is declined (with the aforesaid inhabitants) toward the South cost, & therefore Lucanus speaketh of them in this sort. Lib. 3. Ignotum vobis (Arabes) venistis in orbem, Vmbras mirati nemorum non iri sinistras▪ A Region unknown (Arabians) you find: Musing that the shadow, is still North declined. Spou. There remaineth yet to speak of the third sort of people which you named Periscij. Phil. They took Periscij. that name because they (dwelling within the circles arctike & Antarctike) have the shadow going round about the Horizont. Spou. But yet the shadow moveth not so swiftly about th' Earth with them, as it doth with us (and those you call Amphiscios) for with us it goeth about from the West by the north, & so to the East in the space (that the son is in our Hemisphere, & above th' earth, which at the most is in. xvij. hours. Phi. It is so. Spou. Then seeing the son goeth not out of their sight for the space of. 182. days, & xii. hours, which is there continual day: than it should go about the horizont but in that long place. Phi. That is false. For how think you, doth not the son circuit th' earth in xxiv. hours continually? Spou. Yes verily. Phil. Then doth the shadow go about their horizon in the same space of time, except you imagine those Periscios, to dwell without the circuit of th' earth. Spo. That were a point of demency or madness: so that as often as he circuiths th' earth, so often in like case do their shadow turn about the place of their horizont, which must needs be 182 times. Phi. I am glad you understand the reason of it, and now behold the table of shadows. A TABLE, OF SHADOWS, SHOWING THEIR PROPORTION UNTO THE GNOMON (it being divided in 60. parts) for every degree of the sons altitude: and also the quantity of the Shadow in every Country, Region, & City, thorough the universal Earth, when the Son is in the equinoctial, and Solsticiall points. The sons Altitude. The Shadow. Th' elevation of the Pole. Shadow solstitial in summer equinoctial Shadow Shadow Solsticiall in win. The sons Altitude. The Shadow. Th' elevation of the Pole. Shadow Solsticial in some. equinoctial Shadow Shadow Solstitial in win. par. Min par. Min par. Min par. Min par. Min par. Min par. Min par. Min 1 3437 24 1 24 49 1 3 27 18 46 57 56 46 24 53 62 8 160 16 2 1718 10 2 23 36 2 5 28 35 47 55 57 47 26 7 64 20 169 12 3 1144 52 3 22 24 3 8 29 53 48 54 1 48 27 22 66 38 179 4 4 858 2 4 21 13 4 11 31 12 49 52 9 49 28 39 69 1 190 0 5 685 48 5 20 3 5 15 32 32 50 50 20 50 29 56 71 30 202 14 6 570 51 6 18 53 6 18 33 54 51 48 35 51 3●… 15 74 5 216 0 7 488 39 7 17 44 7 22 35 18 52 46 52 52 32 37 76 48 231 35 8 426 55 8 16 36 8 26 36 44 53 45 12 53 33 59 79 37 249 26 9 378 49 9 15 29 9 30 38 11 54 43 35 54 35 23 82 34 270 5 10 340 16 10 ●…4 22 10 34 39 40 55 42 1 ●…5 36 48 85 41 294 15 11 308 40 11 13 16 11 39 41 12 56 40 28 56 38 15 88 57 322 57 12 282 16 12 12 10 12 45 42 45 57 38 57 57 39 45 92 23 357 35 13 259 53 13 11 5 13 51 44 21 58 37 29 58 41 16 96 1 400 16 14 240 38 14 10 0 14 57 46 0 59 36 3 59 42 50 99 51 454 12 15 223 55 15 8 56 16 4 47 41 60 34 38 60 44 26 103 54 524 34 16 209 14 16 7 52 17 12 49 24 61 33 15 61 46 5 108 14 620 17 17 196 15 17 6 48 18 20 51 11 62 31 54 62 47 46 112 50 758 8 18 184 39 18 5 45 19 29 53 2 63 30 34 63 49 30 117 45 974 1 19 174 15 19 4 42 20 39 54 56 64 29 15 64 51 17 123 0 1360 36 20 164 50 20 3 38 21 50 56 53 65 27 58 65 53 8 128 39 2253 44 21 156 18 21 2 35 23 2 58 54 66 26 43 66 55 1 134 45 6547 56 22 148 30 22 1 32 24 14 61 0 67 25 28 67 56 59 141 21 Infinite 23 141 21 23 0 29 25 28 63 10 68 24 14 68 59 1 148 30 numbered. 24 134 45 24 0 33 26 43 65 25 69 23 2 69 61 6 156 18 25 128 39 25 1 36 27 58 67 45 70 21 50 70 63 17 164 50 26 123 0 26 2 38 29 15 70 11 71 20 39 71 65 32 174 15 27 117 45 27 3 41 30 34 72 43 72 19 29 72 67 52 184 39 28 112 50 28 4 44 31 54 75 21 73 18 20 73 70 18 196 15 29 118 14 29 5 48 33 15 78 7 74 17 12 74 72 51 209 14 30 113 54 30 6 52 34 38 81 0 75 16 4 75 75 29 223 55 31 99 51 31 7 56 36 3 84 2 76 14 57 76 78 15 240 38 32 96 1 32 9 0 37 20 87 13 77 13 51 77 81 9 259 53 33 92 23 33 10 4 38 57 90 34 78 12 45 78 84 11 282 16 34 88 57 34 11 8 40 28 94 5 79 11 39 79 87 23 308 40 35 85 41 35 12 14 42 1 97 49 80 10 34 80 90 44 340 16 36 82 34 36 13 19 43 35 101 45 81 9 30 81 94 16 378 49 37 79 37 37 14 25 45 12 105 56 82 8 26 82 98 0 426 55 38 76 48 38 15 32 46 52 110 23 83 7 22 83 101 58 488 39 39 74 5 39 16 40 48 35 115 8 84 6 18 84 106 9 570 51 40 71 30 40 17 48 50 20 120 11 85 5 15 85 110 37 685 48 41 69 1 41 18 57 52 9 125 39 86 4 11 86 115 23 858 2 42 66 38 42 20 6 54 1 131 30 87 3 8 87 120 28 1144 52 43 64 28 43 21 16 55 57 137 49 88 2 5 88 125 56 1718 10 44 62 8 44 22 27 57 56 144 40 89 1 3 89 131 48 3437 24 45 60 0 45 23 39 60 0 152 7 90 0 0 0 138 9 Infinite Theridamas may many conclusions by this table be wrought as you shall know or we depart: but now let us further proceed concerning our talk of zones, in which you must consider that these zones of which we have entreated, are divided into climates, & regions. Spo. How doth a climatand à zone differ, they both were for this cause first invented, to make division of the face of th' earth into sundry parts. Philo. I confess no less, but they differ in this point, How a Zone & a Climate differ. that a Zone doth in it contain the fift portion of th' earth, and a climate but only so much of th' earth, & the longest day in that place, do differ from th' equinoctial. thirty. minutes, or half an hour, and are named. seven. in numbered, of all th' ancient Geographers. Spoud. Then the first climate shallbe in latitude. xvi. degrees. xliiij. minutes from th' equinoctial, and the longest day, shall exceed. xii. hours (which is the quantity of the day under th' equinoctial) one hour: for so saith Ptolomaeus. Philon. It is true, but hear you must consider, that Ptolomaeus de vision of Climates. Ptolomaeus divideth every climate in. iiij. equal portions, & nameth them Parallels: every one of them containing in latitude. iiij. degrees, xviij. min. increasing the quantity of the longest day. xv. minutes: so that Ptolomaeus (making the first climate xvi. degrees, xliiij. min. in Latitude from th' equinoctial) meaneth the mids, and not the beginning of the climate. Spou. I pray you or we any further proceed show me the signification of a Parallel. Philo. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Greek (which What a Parallel is. we also do call à Parallel) is a Circle equally distant, from that which is drawn next him, and are described by the course of the son and stars, of which the greatest is th' equinoctial: for that he is furthest from the Poles, so that the nearer the poles, the less is the parallel: and the number of them Ptolomaeus maketh. xxj. as in this figure, in which I have made. xxj. parallels from th' equinoctial, unto both the poles Arctike & Antarctike, and now to our matter again from whence we did digress. You shall consider that every Climate hath a proper name, for the surer difference of one from an other: & taketh his name of some notable City, Mountain, or River, over which the mids of that Climate is drawn As for example. The mids of the first Climate goeth over a notable Island of Nilus, called Meroe & of that we name it Dia Meroes', that is, the climate going over Meroe. The second Climate is called Dia Syënes of a city in Egypt called Syënes. The mids of the third climate is drawn over Alexandria, an other City also in Egypt & therefore called Dialexandrias. The fourth goth over th' Island of the Rhodes, now in subjection to the great Turk, and is named Diarhodou. The fift climate Dia Rome's going over Rome sometime the head of the world, at this preset the sink of sin. The sixth Climate is named Dia Pontou, because it goeth over the Pontic seas named Euxinus. The seventh is drawn by Boristhenes a City so called & therefore named Diaboristheneos, & not by the Ri●…hean Mountanes as the unlearned sort suppose: seeing that they are at the least. x. deg. from this climate distant. Spou. And what was the cause that they described no places, beyond the. 7. climate: seeing that there are many inhabitants, (as by your words do appear) where you made mention of the habitable places in th' earth? Philo. It was, either because they supposed those places scant, or with much pains habitable for th' extreme cold: or else, that they knew not the parts North from them situated, as now we do, Spou. And do they not make mention of Climates drawn South from th'equinoctial as of the North, of which you have spoken? Phi. They do in like manner divide that portion, into seven. Climates: but for that they knew no notable places, South Climates. (as in the north parts from th'equinoctial) they gave them the names of the North Climates, with this addition Anti (that is to say oppositie or against) as Antidiameroes', the Climate south from th'equinoctial, opposite or against the north Climate, drawn by Meroe. And so in like sort with th'other, as this figure showeth, in which. A. B. C. D. do represent the meridian circle, A. the north Pole, and. C. the Pole Antarctike. B. D. th'equinoctial. E. F. the Tropic of Cancer: G. H. the Tropic of Capricorn: the Polary circles. I. K. and. L. M. The Climates of themselves are evident, having their proper names, to them joined: & are drawn from B. D. th'equinoctial, toward the poles. A. C. Spou. Now I pray you declare the continuation of the Climates, & parallels. Philo. I will fulfil your request. The parts of th'Earth northwards being by painful, & dangerous navigations found out, are divided also into Climates, we following the same order that Pto lomaeus, and th'ancient Geographers used: that is, every parallel to be distant from an other. 4. degrees, 18. minutes: and every climate one from an other 7. degrees The quantity of climates & Parallels. 27. minutes: giving them in like sort apt names of the places over which they are drawn: so that in our time, there is found after the same invention 96. Parallels, of which are made 24. climates, and for that it shall not easily be brevied in the poke of Oblivion, behold I have drawn out a Table, containing in it the parallels & Climates with the places over whicb they directli are described: as also th'elevation of the pole Arctike, unto 90. degrees: and the quantity of the longest day, answering unto every one of those degrees, which Table shall much pleasure you, as hereafter it shall be evident. A TABLE CONTAINING THE NUMBERED OF PARALLELS, AND CLIMATES, WITH th'elevation of the Pole Arctic, & quantity of the longest day & night answering hereto. Parallels after Ptolomae us. Parallels more certain & exact. The number of Climates after th'old Grecians use. Climates after th'inuen tion of Geographers in our time. The names of Climates & Parallels after some notable place in them. Th'elevation of the Pole arctic. The quantity of the longest day. 1 1 1 Under Th'equinoctial. 0 0 12 0 2 2 4 18 12 15 3 3 2 8 34 12 30 4 4 12 43 12 45 5 5 1 3 By th'island Meroen. 16 44 13 0 6 6 20 34 13 15 7 7 2 4 By Sy●…ne under the Trow pick of Cancer. 24 11 13 30 8 8 27 36 13 45 9 9 3 5 30 48 14 0 10 10 By Alexandria. 33 46 14 15 11 11 4 6 By the Rhodes. 36 30 14 30 12 12 39 3 14 45 13 13 5 7 By Rome. 41 23 15 0 14 14 43 32 15 15 15 15 6 8 By Ponte Euxine. 45 31 15 30 16 16 47 ●…1 15 4●… 17 17 7 9 By Boresthenes. 49 1 ●…6 0 18 18 50 34 16 15 19 19 10 By Witeberge. 51 59 16 30 20 20 53 17 ●…6 45 21 21 11 By Grypsualde. 54 30 17 0 22 22 55 36 17 15 23 23 12 By Moscovia & Irlande. 56 38 17 30 24 24 57 34 17 45 25 25 13 58 27 18 0 26 59 15 18 15 26 27 14 59 59 18 30 28 60 40 18 45 29 29 15 61 18 19 0 30 61 ●…3 19 15 28 31 16 62 25 19 30 32 By Orcades. 62 55 19 45 29 33 17 63 22 20 0 34 63 47 20 15 35 18 64 10 20 30 36 64 31 20 45 30 37 19 All these Parallels following are drawn by places 64 49 21 0 38 65 6 21 15 39 20 in Norwey, and Sweueland etc. 65 22 21 30 40 65 ●…5 21 45 31 41 21 65 47 22 0 42 65 58 22 15 43 22 66 7 22 30 44 66 15 22 45 2 45 23 66 21 23 0 46 66 25 23 15 47 24 66 29 23 30 48 Under th'Arct. Circle. 66 31 23 43 33 49 66 32 24 0 Parallels after Ptolomaeus. Parallels more certain and exact. The names of the Parallels after the notable places, by which they are described. etc. Th'elevation of the Pole arctic. Continual day in summer. Continual night in winter. 50 67 0 23 11 22 1 34 51 67 30 33 17 31 13 52 68 0 41 14 39 2 53 68 30 48 6 45 8 54 69 0 54 3 50 22 55 79 30 59 12 56 0 35 56 70 0 64 ●…1 60 16 57 70 30 69 4 65 2 58 71 0 73 13 69 6 59 71 30 77 17 73 5 60 B●… Laponia and the green Land 72 0 81 17 77 1 61 72 30 85 14 80 17 62 which after the opinion of sundry 73 0 89 8 84 6 36 63 Authors do continually without separation join with west India. 73 30 92 22 87 18 64 74 0 96 10 91 2 65 74 30 99 21 94 9 66 75 0 ●…03 5 97 14 67 75 30 106 11 100 17 68 76 0 109 16 103 19 69 76 30 112 20 106 20 70 77 0 115 22 ●…09 20 71 77 30 118 22 118 ●…7 72 78 0 121 22 118 14 37 73 78 30 124 21 118 11 74 79 0 127 19 121 7 75 79 30 1●…0 17 124 2 76 80 0 133 13 126 20 77 80 30 136 8 129 14 87 81 0 139 3 132 7 79 81 30 141 21 135 0 80 82 0 144 14 137 17 81 82 30 147 7 140 9 82 83 0 150 0 142 23 83 83 30 152 16 145 13 38 84 84 0 155 8 148 4 85 84 30 158 0 150 18 86 85 0 160 15 153 9 87 85 30 ●…63 5 155 22 88 86 0 165 19 158 12 89 86 30 168 9 161 2 90 87 0 170 23 163 15 91 87 30 173 13 166 4 92 88 0 176 2 168 16 93 88 30 178 16 171 6 94 89 0 181 5 173 19 95 89 30 183 19 176 9 96 90 0 186 7 178 22 Spou. Can they not in like manner, draw parallels from th'equinoctial Southward as they do North yea & give them the same names of the north parallels, with the Greek proposition anti, as they do in climates? Phi. Yes verily, & they so do, until by their travels South Paralle les. they have found out the Regions, islands, Hills, Rivers & such notable things, of which in like sort the south cli mates & parallels may take denomination. As at this present there are South parallels, which are opposite to the North, & places found out, of which they may veri aptly take name. As the parallel (opposite unto the North parallel, which goeth by the Canarian islands, is drawn by the River Nilus, and Mons Lunae, the Mount of the Moon. The parallel opposite to that which is drawn by Syëne, goeth by the Islands Mendacascar, Peuta, Necura, the greater java, Candin, and the kingdom of Coilum. The parallel opposite to that which is drawn by Damascus, goth by the promontory of good hope, called promontorium bonae Spej. The opposite parallel, to that goeth over the Rhodes, is described by th'islands Seilan, & Augama. & they are antipodes unto Italy, which dwell in java Antipodes. the lesser. The antipodes to the Lucitanians, are those in the Isle of Seila. There be also divers other places toward the south coast, of which neither I have heard of any credible person, nor yet red: & therefore can not affirm any certain truth: & will omit it until an other season. Spou. Yet or we proceed further, I must trouble you with one doubt: & that is gathered of the Arabian Physician Auicenna, who saith, that th'air is of best Auicenna. temperature under th'equinoctial, & they are more fire from infirmities of the body than we are, whom you affirm to dwell in the North temperate zone. For if the parallels be of this nature, that how much the nearer we are th'equinoctial, so much the greater is the heat: and how much the further removed from th'equinoctial, so much the colder the quality of the air is: there must seem a manifest repugnancy, betwixt Avicenne, & the Geographers. Philo. I will answer you. Auicenna meaneth not that Auicenna defended. the temperature of th'air is in a mean, neither vehement hot, nor yet extreme could under th'Equinoctial, for that were an evident error, but because the Son declineth not more then. 23. degrees. 28. minutes from the vertical point, therefore there can be no contrary quality engendered: as horrible could, so that th'air is not subject to alteration, & contrary qualities, as ours is. & that is the cause why Auicenna thought it most temperate, & Aphoris. 3. proposi. ●… hereto agreeth Hypocrates: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Mutationes temporum maximè pariunt morbos, & in ipsis temporibus magnae mutationes aut frigoris, aut aestus, aliaque congruenter ratione eodemmodo. that is. The mutation of times do chiefly engender sickness: and in the same times, great change either of heat or cold, or other qualities in like sort. Then seeing there is no mutation of quality of th' Aëre, it is thought temperate. And for that this place is judged most temperate, there be some that suppose Can Eden, that is to say, Paradise, to be situated under th' Equinoctial, Pardaise where. as a place of pleasure, voluptiousnes, void of Alteration, & contrary qualities: Yea, & Lira, interpreting Lira. Genesis, (where Moses speaketh that Adam, being expulsed from this place of pleasure & joy, for breaking the commandment: cherubin kept it with a fiery Eratosthenes. Polybius. sword) saith that the fiery sword is no other thing than the burning zone. And Polybius with Eratosthenes (as Strabo witness) doth affirm the temperatest dwelling to be under th' equinoctial. Spoud. seeing you have made mention of the place most excellent of other in the Earth for pleasure. I pray you let me hear your mind Hell where. concerning Hell the place of all other most horrible, & painful, as both Christians and Ethinckes do confess. Phil. I will not much of that thing speak, but if Hell be in that place which is furthest from the heaven, as pain & grief is furthest from pleasure, and joy: than it must needs be in the centre of th' Earth, which is to say that part that is in the mids of the same, for that is of all other parts furthest from the heaven. Which is the cause that not only we, but also the Poets in their tragedies, introduce persons coming out from under th' earth & call that place Hell, among other, Senica introduceth Thyëstes, coming out of hell, in this manner speaking. Opaca linquens Ditis inferni loca, In Agamemnone. Adsum, profundo Tartari emissus Specu▪ Leving the dark places, of infernal Pluto, Sent out from Hell pit deep, here am I present lo. etc. But we will leave such curious questions, and spend the day (which so fast consumeth) in more necessary talk: for behold by my Astrolabe the son (being in the xxj. of Gemini) is elevated. 54. degrees, above the horizon with us here in this plain, and therefore he will shortly approach to the meridian line. Spoud. Then I must earnestly require you, to teach me some way how I may find him being in this line, as also other stars: for my authors make mention hereof, affirming also that it is one of the chief things wherewith to find out the Longitud, and Latitude of places. Philo. I will gladly, keeping not back such ways as I also have devised to find out th' aforesaid line. And first I will begin with th' invention To find out the Meridian Line after Glarians' manner. of Glarian to find this none stead line, which is in this manner. In any level and plain place, with your compass make a circle: in what quantity you please, in the centre of which, you shall place a right wire, directly standing up, that it may give a shadow on the circle aforesaid. Then mark the shadow which the son in his rising & going down in thy horizon giveth, as for example. A. Is the wire reared right up in the centre of the Circle: C. the East, & B. the West. The longest shadow that the Son maketh above the Horizont is A. D: Then he ascending hire, makes his shadow shorter. A.E. the None stead or Meridian shadow, which is shortest is A. F. and th'other shadows G. A: H. A. are in the like sort the shadows which the son casteth into the East, after he is past the meridian circle, descending into the West. Spou. Shall it be necessary for to observe the shadow of the thing erected as well th'afore noon, as I do from the sons rising until noon? Philo. No verily, for when the shadow doth no longer decrease, you drawing from the centre to the circumference a strait line, shall have your own desire. Other willing to eschew the tediousness of time in observation, The second way. do provide a Plate of Meatall, well polished, or some thick plank smooth, and plained, in which is drawn a circle as in th'other aforesaid, with a Wire or like thing set up right in the centre, and do diligently before none observe when the shadow of the Wire in length is equal with the circumference: and at th'end of it make à prick. In like sort after noon when as the shadow cometh unto the circumference, and make there also a prick, them with the compass, divide the space betwixt these two pricks in the mids, and make there a note or prick: after draw a right line from the centre, to that middle prick, and it shall alway show the when as the son is in the meridian or midday line, for that elevation of the Pole as in this example. A. Is the Centre B. E. C. F. the Circle drawn in the plank or plate of metal A. D. the Gnomon, or thing which giveth the shadow, A the shadow before Noon. A. F. the shadow after none: now dividing the space E. F. in the mids, which is. C. and drawn a right line from A. being the Centre, unto C. and that is the true Meridian line. Spoudeus. This way seemeth much easier, and facile than the other. Philo. Yea and it is also as certain as th'other, and it was invented as I suppose of johannes de monte regio, or vitrvuius. But Uernerus useth no other way to find The. iij, way. out this Line, then only a Dial having a perfaite needle, placing it on some plain, and smooth place: & when the needle standeth steadfastly in the right Line within the Dial, it doth as it were point directly North and South. Spoud. This way in my judgement doth excel all the rest, both for the easiness thereof & also (which you can not do by th'other) that you may by it find the meridian, or midday Line, at all times both day, night, & hour. Phil. You may so, but the needle doth sometime err from right north, & south, as hath been observed, & I will show you in the treatise of Navigation: Yea, & how you shall also correct your needle. but I also have The iiij. way. invented two ways, the first is, I make a plain & round plate, in the mids of which I fix à ruler, having two sights to look thorough, then when the son riseth half above the Horizont, & half under, I (placing my Instrument flat on th'earth) do direct the ruler unto the same, so that I may see him thorough the sights: then my ruler not moved, I draw with a Chalk, or like thing, a right line from the Centre, unto the Son, & when the Son goeth down I do in like manner draw an other Line: then I draw à right Line from the Line of his rising, unto the Line of his going down, & divide this Line in the mids: after I draw a right Line from the Centre, unto the mids of the overwart Line, them I fix in the Centre an upright wire, the shadow of which at all times shall show when as the Son is in the Meridiane Line in that habitation: but or we further proceed, I will give you hereof an example, in which I do make A. for the Centre, then putting upon it a wire, or prick, I do fasten the ruler there on: this being done, I place my instrument flat, & apply the ruler with his sights. G. F. unto the Son, & draw there a Line A. D. in like sort, when he is going down, & make an other Line A. C. then I draw à right Line from C. unto D. which I divide in the mids E. & cross it with a Line A. B. which is the Line at midday. But in place where I cannot have this, or other The v. way. like instrment (when as I see the son to draw very near the south) I prick upright in the ground à knife, or such like thing, marking diligently how long the shadow doth decrease, & when as I perceive it decreaseth no more, but rather wax long again, I draw à line from my knife, to the shadow which serveth for the Meridian line. Spoud. I thank you sir, for this, your gentleness, in beating these things into my gross, and dulhed: And I will put them all in practice when convenient time shall To find the Noonesteade Line by night. serve, but in the night (I minding to take the true height of any Planet, or fixed star in the nonestead line) what order shall I observe, for then there is no shadow, which will do pleasure. Philo. Therefore with some Quadrant, Astrolabe, or Ptolomaeus ruler (the fashion of which I do here place, and the making you shall find among th'other Instruments) and mark what his It is made of 3. pieces, being 4. square: As in the Picture where A. F. is the first peace or rule. A. D. The second. G. D. the third rule. E. The Foot of the staff. C. F. The Plumrule. C. B. The joints, in which the second & third Rulers are moved. K. L. The sight holes. I. The Son. H. The Zenit, or vertical point. M. N. The Noonestead Lyne. altitude is, than you may stay a season: after a while observe his height again, and so from time, to time, until he increase no hire, which is a perfect token that then he is in the Meridian line. The same you may do also with the son. And for that nightly travel hearein seemeth somewhat cumbrous and painful, behold here is a Table of the sons height, for every degree of the signs in the Zodiac: his greatest declination being. 23. degrees. 28. minutes, and th'elevation of the Pole arctike, above the Horizont. 52. degrees, 10. minutes. As concerning the use of the Table, I will speak nothing, but will reserve it for his due place, only admonishing you at this present, that first you find out the place of the Zodiac in signs and degrees, (by some Ephemerides, Gazophilation Astronomicum. or out of my tables in the Gazophilation Astronomicum) then look in the overpart of the Table, and if that sign be there mensioned, descend downward in the first column & find out also the degree, and directly against it, shalt thou have the sons Meridian altitude. But and the sign be found in the lower part of the Table, than you shall search out his degree in the last column, and against it toward the left hand, you shall in like manner find the Altitude answering hereto. Spoud. I pray you give me example hereof, or you do take in hand any other matters. Philo. The thing is so easy, as it need no farther working▪ yet I will not refuse in so little a request, to satisfy your desire. I find the son, the first day of the new year 1558, in the sign of the Goat. xx. degrees) the. 37. minutes A TABLE OF THE sons meridian, Altitude above the Horizont. Calculated for every degree in the Zodiac, Respecting th' Elevation of the Pole Arctike, a●… Norwich 52. degrees: 0. minutes, & the sons Declination 23. degrees 28. minutes. Capricornus Aquarius Pr●…ces. Aries. Taurus. Gemini. Digr. Digr. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig▪ 0 14 22 17 ●…4 25 36 37 50 50 4 58 ●…6 30 1 14 23 17 26 25 57 38 16 50 26 58 37 29 2 14 23 17 38 26 19 38 42 50 47 58 48 28 3 14 24 17 50 26 42 39 8 51 8 58 58 27 4 14 25 18 3 27 4 39 34 51 28 59 8 26 5 ●…4 27 18 16 27 27 40 0 51 48 59 18 25 6 14 29 18 29 27 50 40 25 52 8 59 27 24 7 14 32 18 43 28 ●…3 40 51 52 28 59 ●…6 23 8 14 35 18 57 28 36 41 17 52 47 59 45 22 9 14 38 19 12 29 0 41 43 53 6 59 53 21 10 14 42 19 27 29 24 42 8 53 25 60 1 20 11 14 46 19 42 29 48 42 34 53 43 60 9 19 12 14 50 19 58 30 12 42 59 54 1 60 16 18 13 14 55 20 14 30 36 43 24 54 19 60 22 17 14 15 0 20 30 31 1 43 49 54 36 60 29 16 15 15 6 20 47 31 26 44 14 54 53 60 34 15 16 15 11 21 3 32 0 44 39 55 10 60 40 14 17 15 18 21 21 32 16 45 4 55 26 60 45 13 18 15 24 21 48 32 41 45 28 55 42 60 50 12 19 15 31 21 56 33 6 45 52 55 58 60 54 11 20 15 39 22 15 33 32 46 16 56 13 60 58 10 21 15 47 22 34 33 57 46 40 56 28 61 2 9 22 15 55 22 52 34 23 47 4 56 43 61 5 8 23 16 4 23 12 34 49 47 27 56 57 61 8 7 24 16 13 23 31 35 ●…5 47 50 57 11 61 11 6 25 16 22 23 51 35 40 48 13 57 24 61 13 5 26 16 32 24 12 36 6 48 36 57 37 61 14 4 27 16 42 24 32 36 32 48 58 57 50 61 16 3 28 16 52 24 53 36 58 49 2●… ●…8 2 61 17 2 29 17 3 25 14 37 ●…4 49 43 58 14 61 17 1 30 17 14 25 36 37 50 50 4 58 26 61 ●…8 0 Digr. Digr. Min. Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig. Min Dig Sagittarius. Scorpius. Libra. Virgo. Leo. Cancer. I omit, as not requisite in this business) then first I found in the higher part of the table, Capricornus, therefore I descending downward (in the second column against the. 20. degree of Capricorn) found. 15. degrees 39 minutes, the altitude of the son for the mids of that day. In like manner the same year, the. 6. day of Septembre the son had his course in the. 24. degree of the virgin, and because I find Virgo in the lower part of the Table, ascending in the last colunme upward, find the 24. degree, and against it in the column of Uirgo. 40. degrees 25. minutes, the Meridian altitude of the son, answering that degree: in like sort, do with any degree of th'other ●…gnes, when as occasion is ministered. Spou. This now shall I always keep surely in memory, and because you have hear apt place to give me some precept for th'elevation of the Pole Arctic, I desire you herein to show me some instructions. Phi. I will so do, and the rather for that without it you can little prevail in this Art: and with knowing it, and the longitudes of regions, you shall marvelously profit. Spou. I pray you then begin first with the finding out of the latitude of any place. Philo. When as the son is in either equinoctial To find out th'elevation of the Pole above the Horizont. points, by the help of your none stead shadow, you shall find when he is in the meridian line: then with your instrument take his altitude, which you shall subtract from. 90. degrees, and the remanent shallbe the just elevation of the Pole, as for example. At Norwich. 1557, the 10. of march, I found the meridian An observation. altitude of the son by my Astrolabe 37. degrees and 50. minutes, which I did subtract from 90. degrees, and there remained 52. degrees 10. minutes, the true height of the Pole, and latitude of Norwich. Spou. And do you not mark his declination at that time? Phi. I cannot mark that, which is not. For in Fol. 31. & 32. these points he hath no declination, and that you might see in the table serving that use which is in the first book. But although this way is very perfect yet carrieth it this discommodity with him: that you can but twice yearly, take th'elevation of the Pole. And therefore I will show you also how to find it when he is in the Tropic points. Spoud. That is in the beginning of Cancer and Capricorn. Phi. It is so, you shall find out (as afore) with your instrument the sons height at midday, when as he is in the first degree of Cancer. Spou. That time can I find out by the help of an Ephemerides. Phi. From this height, you shall take away, as your table showeth 23. degrees 28. minutes: this numbered you shall subtract from 90. degrees, & the remanant shallbe th'exact Elevation of your pole, as for example. I find the height of the son at midday in the beginning of Cancer. 61. degrees. 18. minutes, from which I take 23. degrees 28. minutes, and there shall remain 37. degrees 50. minutes, this number I take from. 90. degrees (being an hole quadrant) there remaineth 52. degrees 10. minutes, th'elevation of the pole. Spoud. I will prove by your licence, and I can do in like case when as he is in Capricorn. Phil. Do you so. Spou. I imagine his none stead height to be. 14. degrees. 22. minutes, for because he is far from our Zenit: from which I cannot subtract the greatest declination of the son, answering the first degree of Capricorn, in the table of declination. Phi. Nor you shall not make any subtraction. For like as when he declineth North, from th'equinoctial (which is from the beginning The Sons declination north. of Aries unto th'end of Virgo) you shall subtract his declination from his altitude: so in like manner, having The Sons declination south. his declination South (which is from the beginning of Lybra unto th'end of Pisces) you must add his declination to the meridian altitude: and subtract them both from. 90. degrees. Spo. Then I will end my example. I do add. 23. degrees. 28. min. unto 14. degrees 22. min. (the nonestede height) which make 37. degrees. 50. mi. & I take this from. 90. degrees, as you commanded, and there remaineth 52. degrees. 10. minutes as afore. Phil. You have truly wrought. Spou. But is it not possible to find th'elevation of the Pole every day? for in traveling it should pleasure me. Phil. It is possible to find it not only every day, but all so every hour: but I will reserve that until an other season, and will show you how to find the height of the Pole every day, for which thing I will give you two sundry ways: th'one without any other instrument more than a staff, or other thing erected to give a shadow (which I have invented) th'other way is by the help of an instrument, The third way with which I will begin. Take the sons height as before being in the Meridian line, then take out of some Ephemerides his place in the Zodiac, in degrees, & minutes, with which you shall enter into the table of declination, & there find his declination from th'equinoctial, answering to the said degrees, & minutes. And if it be North, them subtract it from th'Altitude Meridian: or if it be South, add it to the said Altitude: then adding, or subtracting that numbered from 90. degrees, there shall remain the true Elevation of the Pole. Spoud. Will it please you to let me prove this rule by an example? Philo. Right gladly. Spou. I find the Son in the sixth degree of Gemini, whose height as you see is 59 degrees 28. minutes, well nigh. And now I find in the Table of the sons declination under the 6. degree of Gemini. 21. degrees. 37. minutes 58. seconds. Which I subtracting from the sons height, there doth remain 37. degrees 50. minutes, this I take from 90. degrees, & find the place in height 52. degrees 10▪ minutes. Phil. Let not this slide out of your memory, because it hath a singular use in this art, & by it you may in all pla ces where you travail, find out the height of the Pole. And now I will show you my way how to find th'aforesaid The. 4. way. elevation. Spou. And shall your way serve in like manner for every day in the year? Phi. I find out the height of the North star by the shadow either. iiij. times in the year, or else every day the son being in the meridian line. Spou. Then I require you show me first how to find the latitude of any City or town. Philon. right willingly. You shall proveide a staff, or any rightwand, in what length you please, this you shall divide into. 60. equal portions. Then take out of some Ephemerides, or Almanach, the day when as the Son entereth into the first degree of Aries, Cancer, Libra, & Capricornus. At which times set your staff upright in some place: And mark the shadow how long it doth decrease, & when it is at the shortest, the son is in the noonstead place. Then at that instant take the length of the shadow, & enter into the Table of shadows: & there thou shalt find th'exact Latitude of thy City. As for thy better instruction: I find in an Ephemerides the son to be in the first degree of Aries, 1558. the 12. day of March. Therefore when as the son approach toward the south, I set my staff directly up, & find the shadow at midday 77. parts, 13. minutes, with which I enter the Table of shadows (under this title, equinoctial shadow) & can not find my number expressed, therefore I find next under my number seventy six, 48. unto which 52. degrees in Latitude do answer, wherefore I working by proportion, find correspondent unto 77. parts, 13. minutes: 52. degrees, 10. minutes. Spoud. Then your mind is, that I shall use the rule of proportion, in all Tables, where as the perfect number is not expresedly found. Philo. Yea certainly. Spo. Now show how I may work every day the same conclusion. Phi. It differeth in no point from the former order, saving that in the table of shadows, you must only have respect to the column of the sons altitude, & the shadow answering hereto. Then to find the degree he is in at that present: next in the table of declination to seek out the declination of the same degree, & if it be North, subtract it from the altitude, so the remanent from. 90. degrees, & you shall have your own desire. Spoud. But & I find him to decline south, must I add it to his altitude, & subtract both from. 90 degrees, as you did in the other? Philo. In the same manner in all points. There is also The Astronomy▪ Ring. an other way to find the latitude of Regions and Cities by the help of the Astronomy Ring, which you shall find in my book touching that matter, in which I show the making, as also th'use of the same. Spou. But in the night season, how may I find the said Elevation of the Pole in any place. Philo. The Mariners use to find out the latitude of the place by finding the height of the north star, which they call the load star, esteeming a degree, or two, in observation as no error. But you shall work in this manner: first find out any notable star (that you know perfaitly) in the table of fixed stars, & with Ptolomaeus rule, or other instrument, observe his height in the meridian line: then in the table of declination, you shall find how much he declineth North or South, from th'equinoctial, & observing th'order, as you do with the searching out of the Pole by the sons altitude meridian, and declination: you shall have your hole desire. Spou. Will you now show the finding out of the Longitude of any place from the Canariane Islands? Philo. It is not so easy, & facile à thing, to try th'elevation of the Pole: but it is as hard, & laborus, to get the Longitude, which was the cause that the Ancient Geographers had only one way, & that is by observing of th'Eclipses of the Moon. Spoud. I remember Strabo affirmeth the same. Lib. 1. fol. 6. Phi. There is in deed no way so perfect, & sure, as by th'Eclises: therefore king Atreus is worthy eternal fame, Atreus found first out the time of Eclipses. which was the finder out of th'Eclipses of the Son, & Moon, (1205. years before Christ our saviours incarnation) by whose travail we receive this benefit. Spoud. Not we only, that are presently living: but also such as have been before us, & also those that shall here after follow. But what is the cause of her obscuration, doth not she at that time lose in deed her light? Phi. No verily: For it is directly against Aristotle, Aristotle. & all Philosophers well near, to confess that the supercelestial bodies are subject to alteration, yea or to affirm, any colour in them. But I will let that pass, & will show you the cause of her eclipsing, which is no other The cause of the moan Eclipsed. thing, than the moan being (in opposition of the son) either in the head or tail of the dragon: the shadow of th'erth is be twixt the moan, & our sight. So that as long as she is in perfect opposition & without latitude, so long doth she continued in darkness. Spo. And is she not Eclipsed at no other time then only at the Full? Phil. No certainly & there fore Lucan doth aptly in his first book open the cause, & time of the moans Eclipsation, in these versis. — Cornuque coacto, jam Phaebe toto fratrem cum redderet Orb, Terrarum subita percussa expalluit umbra. When as the moan unto the world, her brother Titan bright In form would represent, shining with face both full and round: She suddenly was sore wounded, and there with left her light, Titan causing th'earths shadow, her beauty to confound. Spou. These verses are short, & very full of eloquence. Phil. Yea & they are also easy to be undarstand, for she never resembleth the figure of the son (whom Poets call her brother) but only when she is at the full, at which time being in th'opposite place to him, th'earth (as I said) shadoweth her from our sights. But let that pass, and behold to serve thy use in this behalf, I have calculated such Eclipses of the moan, as shall hap from the year of our Lord. 1560. until the year. 1605: Applying the time of their beginning, in years, days, hours, & minutes, unto the meridian of Norwich exactly, which is. 22. degrees, and. 30. minutes, from the Canarian, or West fortunate Islands. 1560. ¶ March. day. 11 Hour. 16 Minute. 6 1562. ¶ july. day. 15 Hour. 14 Minute. 4 1563. ¶ july. day. 5 Hour. 7 Minute. 34 1565. ¶ November. day. 7 Hour. 11 Minute. 36 1566 ¶ October. Day. 28 Hour. 2 Minute. 44 1567. ¶ October. day. 17 Hour. 13 Minute. 53 1569 ¶ March. Day. 2 Hour. 14 Minute. 57 1570 ¶ February Day. 20 Hour. 5 Minute. 20 1570 ¶ August. day. 15 Hour. 9 Minute. 5 1572 ¶ june. Day. 25 Hour. 9 Minute. 10 1573. ¶ December. day. 8 Hour. 7 Minute. 25. 1576. ¶ October. Day. 7 Hour. 9 Minute. 12 1577. ¶ April. Day. 2 Hour. 6 Minute. 29 1577. ¶ September. day. 26 Hour. 10 Minute. 37. 1578. ¶ September. day. 16 Hour. 12 Minute. 24 1580. ¶ january. day. 31 Hour. 8 Minute. 36 1581. ¶ january. day. 19 Hour. 8 Minute. 38 1581. ¶ july. day. 15 Hour. 15 Minute. 0 1584. ¶ November. day. 8 Hour. 11 Minute. 18 1587. ¶ September. day. 6 Hour. 8 Minute. 54 1588. ¶ March. day. 2 Hour. 13 Minute. 22 1588. ¶ August. Day. 25 Hour. 14 Minute. 47 1589 ¶ August. Day. 15 Hour. 6 Minute. 8 1590. ¶ December. Day. 30 Hour. 7 Minute. 15 1591. ¶ December. Day. 19 Hour. 14 Minute. 48 1592. ¶ june. Day. 14 Hour. 8 Minute. 7 1592. ¶ December. Day. 8 Hour. 6 Minute. 31. 1594 ¶ October. Day. 18 Hour. 17 Minute. 8 1595 ¶ April. Day. 13 Hour. 14 Minute. 15 1596 ¶ April. Day. 2 Hour. 7 Minutes. 57 1598. ¶ February. Day. 10 Hour. 16 Minute. 31 1598. August. Day. 6 Hour. 5 Minute. 28. 1599 ¶ january. Day. 30 Hour. 16 Minute. 30 1601 ¶ Novembre. Day. 29 Hour. 5 Minutes. 9 1602 ¶ May. Day. 25 Hour. 4 Minute. 56 1603, ¶ May. Day. 14 Hour. 10 Minute. 39 1603 ¶ November. Day. 8 Hour. 7 Minute. 7 1605. ¶ March. Day. 24 Hour. 7 Minute. 15 1605. ¶ September Day. 16 Hour. 14 Minute. 49 When as thou wilt find the longitude of any Region, how to find the Longitude of Regions by an Eclipse. Country, or village, by an Eclipse, do in this manner. Observe diligently the perfaite time, when as she beginneth to be eclipsed (either by some perfait Dial, or clock, or else by the height of some fixed star) and if the time of her beginning, do agree with that which thou shalt find here calculated, know certainly that thy Meridian and longitud, is all one with Norwich: but if they differ, do in this order. Subtract the lesser time, from out of the greater, & the difference turn into degrees, & mi. of the Equinoctial. Then if the time in the beginning of her obscuration be more, then that which I have hear placed: add this difference in degrees, and minutes, unto the longitude of Norwiche, (because the place is East from it, and you shall have the perfait longitude. But and she begin sooner with thee, to be Eclipsed then is here mentioned, subtract the difference aforesaid in degrees & minutes, from the Longitude of Norwiche (because thou art West from it) & you shall have the Longitude desired. Spou. How shall I torn the hours, & minutes of the day into degrees, & minutes of th' Equinoctial? Philo. You must give to every hour, 15. degrees: & How to turn the hours of the day into degrees & minuces. to every 4. minu. of an hour, one digr. of th' Equinoctial: & every minu. of an hour, 15. minu. of th' Equinoctial: as this Table following shall always declare. And now I will give you à twofould example. Anno. Christi. 1558. An observation of an Eclipse. the second day of April, there was a great Eclipse of the Moon, so that she was darkened x. points well near, & began to come under the shadow of th' Earth at Norwich, at x. a clock 37. minutes at night (as by taking the height of a fixed star, called the virgin's spike, did evidently appear) now willing to note men's observations in other places, I find that Leovitius Cyprianus, in his book of Eclipses, appointeth it to begin at Augusta in Gerard many 23. min. after xi. a clock at night. Then to find the longitude of Augusta from Norwich I subtract. x. hours 37. min. from xi, hours 23 min, there remain 49, minutes, A TABLE, SERVING TO THE Converting the hours, and minutes of the day: into degrees, and minutes of th' Equinoctial. Th' ark of th' equinoctial in Th' ark of th' Equinoctial in How. of the day Digre. Mi Second Mi. of how. degrees Min. Secon. Third. 1 15 2 30 1 0 15 2 3 2 30 5 0 2 0 30 5 0 3 45 7 30 3 0 45 7 30 4 60 10 0 4 0 0 10 0 5 75 12 30 5 1 15 12 30 6 90 15 0 6 1 30 15 0 7 105 17 30 7 1 45 17 30 8 120 20 0 8 2 0 20 0 9 135 22 30 9 2 15 22 30 10 150 25 0 10 2 30 25 0 11 165 27 30 15 3 45 37 30 12 180 30 0 20 3 0 50 0 13 195 32 30 25 6 16 12 30 14 201 35 0 30 7 31 15 0 15 225 37 30 35 8 46 27 30 16 240 40 0 40 10 1 49 0 17 255 42 30 45 11 17 1 30 18 270 45 0 50 12 32 5 0 19 285 47 30 55 13 48 2 30 20 300 50 0 60 15 2 30 0 21 315 52 30 22 330 55 0 23 345 57 30 24 361 0 0 with which I enter into this tahle, & find answering to. 46. minutes of time. 11. degrees. 30. minu. of th' equinoctial, & because that the beginning of the Eclipse, is later at Augusta▪ then at Norwich, it showeth the situation to be East from it. Wherefore I add the difference of time turned into degrees unto 22. degrees 30. minu. (the longitud of Norwich) & there ariseth. 34. degrees the longitude of Augusta. In like manner 1559. the. xvi. day of September, at 3. of the clock 19 min. after dinner, the moan shall begin to be darkened at Norwich, which at Tolet in Spain shall happen at 2. of the clock. 22. minutes. The difference in time is 47. minutes. I convert them into degrees, & minutes of th' equinoctial (as before) & find 11. degree 50. min. And because that the Moon is darkened sooner at Tolet, than Norwich, I subtract this difference from Norwich & find. 10. degrees, 40. minutes, the longitude of Tolet which is West from Norwich. Spo. But this Eclipse of the Moon, shall not be seen in the beginning, neither end at Norwiche, or Tolet? Phi. True it is, because the Moon being in the perfect opposition of the son, can not show herself above our Horizont, before the son be under th' Earth, which is not unto. 6. of the clock. Spou. How can you then show the true time of her beginning at Norwiche, or Tolet, when as she is not seen of their inhabitants? Philo. right perfetlye. Conferring the meridian of Norwich, or Tolet, with other places East from them, whereas the beginning shallbe plainly of these inhabitants perceived. But in this place it is brought in only for example. And although this way of finedinge the true longitude be both certain, and most easiest of all other: yet it hath this discomodity, because th'eclipses happen rarely, and seldom, as twice in a year at the most, & sumtime but once in two year. Furthermore there happeneth sumtime impediments that at the time also of her Eclipsing, we cannot observe her beginning or end, either because the clouds are betwixt our sight, & her, & so is shadowed: or else that she is under our Horizont, at that present season. Wherefore P. Apian practised an other way, how to find out th'aforesaid Apians way to find out the Longitude of places. Longitude, yea & that every night & hour of the same, so that the Moon be above the Horizont, & the air clear and fair. Spou. We are bound to have him in much estimation, which by his labours, hath supplied that we did want: but what is his invention? Phil. I will show you, there are three things required unto this business, the Astronomers jacobes' staff. staff, also called jacobes' staff (the making of which you shall find among th'other instruments) the second is the true place of the Moon in the Zodiac, in degrees, & minutes, for the hour you make observation, (which you may take out of an Ephemerides) and the iij. is the longitude of a fixed star, which you may take out of the Table of fixed stars in my first book. These Fol. 27. had, you must take your staff with the Cross on it. and apply the one end of the Cross to the Centre of the Moon, and the other unto the star: which thing to do, you shall remove the Cross up and down, until the ends of the staff touch both the centre of the moan & also of the star. This ended, the cross shall show you what the distance of the Moon, & star is in degrees & minutes. Then take the distance in degrees, & minutes of the Moon, & fixed star, which you had before the observation: And subtract these two distances, th'one out of th'other, the remanet divide by the portion that the moan moveth in one hour, And that shall show you the time, when as the Moon was joined with the star (if the star be West from her) or when she shall be joined with the star, if it be East from the Moon. This time being had, you shall turn it into degrees, & minutes of th'equinoctial, (as I said in th'other precept afore, & the table showeth) & if the moan be West of When the Moon is West of the Star What is to be wrought. the star, do in this manner. Mark whether the difference of the moan, & star found by thy observation, be greater than the difference found by the ephimerides, & the longitude of the fixed star: if it be lesser, than subtract the time turned into degrees, & mi. from the meridian for which th'Ephemerides are Calculated, because thy place is west from it: but and the difference be greater, then add the degrees, & mi. to the Longitude (for which th'Ephemerides are supputated, because thy place is East from it) & so shalt thou have the true Longitude desired. Moreover thou must consider if the When the moan is east of the Star. Moon be East from the Star, than thou shalt work contrary (that is to say) if the distance found by observation, be lesser than th'other, you shall subtract it from the longitud known, because thy place is west from it, but & this difference be greater, then add it to the forenamed Longitude, because thy place is East from th'other: & so without error, thou shalt have thine own desire. And this way also, is excellent to correct the course of the Moon, and amend the tables, out of which her movings are taken: if they do err at any time. Spo. I must needs confess your words true, when you said how much any thing excelled other in knowledge, so much the more it was companion with difficulty. For except you give me an example, I shall never attain the perfait meaning hereof. Philon. I will give you an example of that time, which I observed myself to find out the longitude of Norwich. Anno. 1558. the second day of February, at. x. a clock An example, at night, I found the place of regulus (called also the lion's heart) in longitude degrees. 23. 32. minute. in Leo: the Moon also at that present, in the xxi degree xl min. of the same sign (her place being calculated for Anwarp, which is xxvi. degrees. xxxuj. minute's) I subtract the place of the moan, from the longitude of regulus, the distance i degree lij min. that she is West, from the star. Then I take my staff & (with one eye closed) I move the cross up & down, until th'one end was equal with the Centre of the Moon, th'other end with the Star. Then I find by that observation, the Moon to differ from regulus, j degree. 43. min. This numbered I take from the first difference, there remaineth 9 minutes. Then inquire I out, how many min. of time, answer unto. 9 min. of the Moans course, (making the Moon to move in one hour xxxv. minutes, & find xuj minutes of time: which turned into degrees of th'equinoctial, make. 4. degrees: & because the Moon is West of the star, & the distance found by the staff less in number, therefore I subtract the. 4. degrees from the longitude of Anwarpe, & there remain. 22. degrees. 36. minutes, which differ little from the other observations. Spou. The difference of. 6. minutes in Longitude, is small or no error, when as. 15. minutes of th'equinoctial, make but one minute of time. Phil. True it is. Spoud. By your example, the precept seemeth more evident, & I mistrust not, but with diligence to make in other places, the like observation. Phi. I will open unto you an other way to find the Another way. Longitude of any region, in every place, as well day, as night, & that every hour, most necessary for them, which either sail, or travel. Spou. But you do then observe the distance of the places, in miles. Phil. No verily, for if I were carried by land into places unknown (blindfilded, as they term it) or by the violence of troublesome wether, on the sea, driven from my course, I can declare how many miles I am from my country, & how many leaques from my proper course. Spoud. Then surely, it must have in it much difficulty, seeing that there springeth of it so much utility, and profit. Philo. The way is very facile, & without great labour, & I will no longer make you muse thereon. You shall prepare a parfait clock artificially made, such as are brought from Flaunders, & we have them as excellently without Temple bar, made of our countrymen. Spoud. Do you not mean such, as we use to wear in the fashion of a Tablet? Phi. Yea truly, when as you travel, you shall set the needle of your Dial exactly on the hour found out by the son on the day, & by some star in the night: then traveling without intermission, when as you have traveled twenty yea xl miles or more (if your next place, whose longitude you desire be so far distant) then mark in your Dial, the hour that it showeth: after with an Astrolabe, or Quadrant, find out the hour of the day in that place: & if it agree with the same which your clock showeth, be assured your place is north or South from the place you came from, & therefore have the same longitude, & meridian line. But & the time dif far, subtract th'one, out of th'other, & the difference turn into degrees & minute. of th'equinoctial as before, then add or subtract, as in th'other two precepts, going before. But now behold the sky is over cast with clouds: wherefore let us haste to our lodgings, & end our talk for this present. Spoud. With a right good will. THE THIRD BOOK OF THE Cosmographical Glass: in which is uttered the making and protracture, of the Face of th'Earth, both in Cartes Particular, and also universal, with divers necessary things, incident hereto. Philonicus. seeing THAT in our last days talk, it was made evident unto you, what the Longitude, Latitude, & Circuit of th'Earth was, how you also might find the same by divers & sundry ways: moreover the division of th'Earth into zones, by the help of Parallels: it should seem now convenient, to show you the cause wherefore all these are learned, & to what final end they are desired. Therefore, least you should be left destitute of The principal part of cosmography. the principal treasure of Cosmography, that is to delineat, protract, or set forth the platform of th'universal face of th'earth: or else perticulerli any one portion of the same: I will this day also do my endeavour, to show you the way how to attain hereunto. Spo. Would to god, that fortune had unto me given of her treasure, that I might somewhat (all though not recompense) yet show forth my good will for this your great pains, & travel. For in deed silver & gold, The noble reward, of learning in times passed. is to base to recompense knowledge with, & that did the famous kings & princes in th'old time well perpend: When they did not only give th'inventors (of any new Science, Art, or profitable thing for a public weal) abundance of treasure: but also for perpetual memory, made an Image to represent such à person, and called him à God for his invention. So was Neptunus Neptunus. called God of the seas, for that he found the Art of sailing. Aeolus, the God of winds, because he invented Aeolus. the true use of them. Ceres à Goddess, for finedinge Ceres. out tillage. But what make I discourse in these things to you, which know them much better than I. Ph. Hear by I gather your good will to th'advancement of learning. But it is not treasure which at your hands I crave, but only that you show yourself enemy unto ignorance, thorough your industrious labour, both in profiting yourself, & also your native country. But or we proceed further in this our business, I will briefly open unto you certain names, which we use in Geography, with th'interpretation of the same: and histories with Poëtes abound also with them. And first you must consider that th'earth being environed, & compassed about with the great Ocian seas, seemeth as it were an Island (after Strabo his mind) notwithstanding there is a great difference betwixt an Island, What an Island is. and th'earth: for an Island, is a portion of th'earth separated from the hole, by waters which do circuit it on every side, so that you can not journey by land, either from Europe, Asia, or Africa unto your country, but must use herein Navigation. Spoud. Unto your description do agree, America, Sicilia, java, the Rhodes, Candie, Delos, Therasia, and England, in which we inhabit. Philon. It it true, now you shall further note that the seas divide th'Earth. 4. sundry ways, for either it is an Island, or little differing there from (and therefore called Peninsula) or Isthmus, or Continens. Spoud. So that Peninsula, differeth from an Peninsula. Island, because in some part, it is joined to a greater portion of th'Earth without separation: as Tauricà, Thracia, Cherronesus, also Cymbrica & Aurea, in India. Philo. Isthmus, doth differ from them both Isthmus. & signifieth a portion of th'earth, having of either sides the raging Seas: such are found agreeable to this description properly, Corinthiacus, and Thrasius. Spou. But how doth Continens differ from these Continent. three? Ph. I will show you, it is a portion of th'Earth, which is not parted by the Seas a sounder, but is continually in length, so that you may go from one part unto another without navigation: as Saxony, Bohemia, Sueveland, etc. Spod. By these I gather there is no portion of th'Earth, but it is either an Island, or that which you call Peninsula, Isthmus, or Continens. Philon. No verily, but now behold the figure. Yet there remaineth to show you what this word, Ocean Sea, meaneth, what we call Promontorium, Fretum, Lacus, Stagnum, Fluuius, Palus, etc. which I reserve until we speak of Navigation: And now we will turn to our scope. You shall consider that the face of th'Earth is protraste, & drawn two sundry ways: either on a round plate form, for which invention the Globe most aptly serveth: or else on a plain plat form, as a Card in which we draw th'vniuer sall Earth, or else but the half, or the one part: yea, & you please but one particular Region: which is proper to chorography (as I said to you in the first book. Spo. Th'invention should seem much better An objection against the te restriall Globe. to draw th'Earth in a plain plate form, thereon a Globe, for in it, we may behold the whole face of th'earth, without any removing or turning of the Card: & on the Globe you shall be compelled to turn first one part, & then another, or you can view any great portion of it. Phil. Yet because it doth most evidently in figure, Th'answer. represent the form of th'Earth, it should seem more apt for this institution. But I will leave his composition until I show you the making of it among other instruments. And your cause alleged against this form, as I suppose, did minister occasion to Ptolomaeus, to delineat, & describe th'Earth in a plain form. And because that right lines only used in this business, did carry error with them (as the forenamed Ptolomaeus noted in Marinus the Geographers invention) therefore he used in this protraction, such lines as might answer proportionally, the lines described in a Globe: But now I will leave to use more words herein, & will begin the work itself. And lest that the difficulty of the thing might somewhat discouragie you, I will first nosel & train you up in making a cart for a Region. But here note that à A particular card, made. ij. ways. particular card is made by knowing the distance of places: without Longitude & Latitude of Regions, which form of working I will here after open: or by Longitudes, with which first we will begin. And then show you the making of a Card, for the eight part of th'Earth, after The argument of the third●… book. for half th'Earth, & last for the hole universal face of th'Earth. Spoud. I thank you sir, & now I perceive your great care in observing a method, & order in teaching, with the manifold utility springing of the same: But seeing you will begin first with the descripsion of a Region, I pray you let your diligence that way bend, to the setting out of our country. So shall the example be the more familiar, & your pains nothing the greater. Phil. I will accomplish your desire, in describing a particular Region, Country, or Province, first you shall draw a right line in such length (in the mids of your The manner of making a particular Cart for any Region. parchment, or paper) as it will aptly receive. This line shall represent the meridian Line for the mids of that Region. Then divide this line into so many equal portions, as the latitude of the region is: drawing right Lines, or parallels, in every of the same divisions, according to the capacity ●…f the plat form of thy paper, or parchment, & write on th'ends of these parallels, 32. 33. 34. or 40. 41. 42. according to their distance from th'equinoctil. after you shall consider how many degrees the north part of your region is from th'equinoctial, & entering into this Table following (which is entitled the quantity & proportion of th'equinoctil, or any great Circle, unto every parallel both North and south from them) search how many minutes, and seconds answereth to the furthest of these degrees in latitude, & with thy compass, take the like space in any of the divisions of latitude: and then beginning at the higher part of the Cart (for that shall represent the north part) make pricks with this compass from the Meridiane line, on both A PROFITABLE TABLE, SHOWING THE quantity, and proportion of th'equinoctial, unto every Parallel, both toward the Pole Arctic, & Antarctick, making every degree 60. minutes. Latitude of Parallels. Latitude of Paral. Latitude of pural. Dig. Mi. Se. Their Dig M S. T. De. Mi. Sec. Th. 0 60 0 0 31 51 25 48 62 28 10 6 1 59 59 27 32 50 52 58 63 27 14 22 2 59 57 18 33 50 19 13 64 26 18 8 3 59 ●…5 4 34 49 44 32 65 25 21 26 4 59 51 14 35 49 8 57 66 24 24 15 5 59 46 18 36 48 32 28 67 23 26 38 6 59 40 17 37 47 55 5 68 22 28 35 7 59 33 10 38 47 16 50 69 21 30 7 8 59 24 58 39 46 37 44 70 20 31 16 9 59 15 41 40 45 57 46 71 19 32 3 10 59 5 18 41 45 16 57 72 18 32 28 11 58 53 51 42 44 35 19 73 17 ●…2 23 12 58 41 20 43 43 52 52 74 16 32 18 13 58 27 20 44 43 9 37 75 15 31 45 14 58 13 4 45 42 25 35 76 14 30 55 15 57 57 20 46 41 40 46 77 13 29 49 16 57 40 33 47 40 55 12 78 12 28 29 17 57 22 42 48 40 8 52 79 11 26 55 18 57 3 48 49 39 21 49 80 10 25 8 19 56 43 52 50 38 34 2 81 9 23 10 20 56 22 54 51 37 45 33 82 8 21 1 21 56 0 53 52 36 56 23 83 7 18 44 22 55 37 52 53 36 0 32 84 6 16 18 23 55 ●…3 49 54 35 16 2 85 5 13 46 24 54 48 46 55 34 24 53 86 4 11 7 25 54 22 42 56 33 33 6 87 3 8 25 26 53 55 40 57 32 40 42 88 2 5 38 27 53 27 37 58 31 47 43 89 1 2 50 28 52 58 37 59 30 54 8 90 0 0 0 29 52 28 38 60 30 0 0 30 51 57 4 61 29 5 19 both sides: then account how far distaunte the south part of thy Region is from th'equinoctial, & by the help of the Table you shall know how many minutes answereth to one degree: then with your compass take the like proportion of the degrees of Latitude, & your compass not opened wider, make pricks from either side of the meridian line in the lower part of the Card, for that signifieth the south coast of that region. After draw right lines from the pricks in the higher part of the Table, unto the Pricks in the lower part. And writ in them the degrees of Longitude, as. 10. 11. 12. or. 20. 21. 22. & then is thy card made ready to serve thy necessary use. Spou. This being ended, what is then requisite to be observed to the perfait finishing of this card? Phil. Only to seek out of Ptolomaeus geography, or my fifth book, the latitudes of Cities, Towns, Villages, Hills, Rivers, or other notable things in that Region contained, & according to those numbers, to place them in your card, or map. Spou. I do not so much fancy Ptolomaeus, in longitudes & latitudes, for he was not able being so mighty à Prince to travel into those country's, that to à private person (for the great distance à sunder) was impossible. And therefore receiving (as he confesseth) observations at other men's hands, did in many sundry places serve from the truth. Ph. And that was not to be imputed unto Ptolomaeus Ptolomaeus ex cused. as a crime, seeing the error ensued by other men's observations. But for this cause I have made my fifth Book, in the which, I have followed Ptolomaeus in certain points touching his native Country, & places to them adjacent. In th'other, I have used later writers traveles, not omitting my own as you shall evidently perceive. Spoudeus. I pray you give me an example of these things spoken. Phil. Here minding to describe the plat form of An example. England, I draw (as you see) à right line in the mids of the Map. And because I find in my fift book, that it is from the West part of the same to th'East. 11. digres: I divide this straightly line (being the Meridian Line, for the mids of this Region) into xj. equal parts, or portions: Then do I search how much the Pole arctic is elevated above th'equinoctial, in the furthest north part of England: & find it 61. (for under the name of England, I comprehend the whole Island containing also Schotlande, & Ireland.) Therefore I enter into the Table going before, & find answering to 61. digr. 29. minutes, 5. seconds, 19 thirds. Which space, I take with my compass in one of the divisions of Longitude, that I made in the meridian line, & so my compass not opened wider, I begin at the Meridian Line in the higher part of the Card, & make on either side 5. pricks (that is to sai) v. on the left hand, & v. on the right hand. in like manner I find the south part to differ from th'equinoctial lj. di. wherefore entering into the Table, I find answering to lj. dig: 37. min. 45. seco. 33. their. And with my compass I take the like portion in one of the divisions of the Meridian line, & then with my compass I divide the lower part of the Table, as I did the hire. Then draw I right Lines from the Pricks in the higher part of the Table, unto the pricks in the lower part: & wright at th'ends of them, the degrees of Longitude, as also in the divisions of the Meridiam line, I wright the degrees of latitude. Then seek I in the fifth book for the notable Cities, Towns, Villages, & such like, & place them in this card, according to their true Longitude, & Latitude, as in the card of England following you may well perceive. Spoudeus. Now I perceive by the making and describing of this only Map, that the whole work doth chiefly depend upon the Meridian Line, appointing by them the longitudes of Regions: & by Parallels of Climates, whose use in a Card, is to limit the Latitude from th'equinoctial. So that observing this order of you prescribed, I may in like sort at my pleasure, draw a Card for Spain, France, Germany, italy, Graece, or any particular region: yea, in a warm & pleasant house, without any peril of the raging Seas: danger of enemies: loss of time: spending of substance: weariness of body, or anguish of mind. Oh how precious â jewel is this, it may rightly be called a Cosmographical Cosmographical Glass. Glass, in which we may behold the diversity of countries: natures of people, & innumerable forms of Beasts, Fowls, Fishes, Trees, Fruits, Streams, & Meatalles. Phi. You shall have just ccasion to affirm, when as you understand the whole commodity of the same. But I will show you to describe iij. or iiij. Regions in one Map: yea, or so many as are contained in th'eight portion of th'Earth. And therefore I call it a Card, containing th'eight part of th'Earth, whose compass, in what quantity you please (the greater the better) & note, it with A. B. C for the easier understanding, un till you are exercised herein. Then divide the compass of this Circle in iij equal parts, & mark the points of the division, with A. B. C. After place th'one end of the compass in A. & stretch out th'other end unto B. or C. & with thy compass draw an ark, or portion of a Circle, from B. to C. Then set th'one end of the compass in B. & draw the like ark from A. unto C. After place the one end of thy compass in C: & describe the like ark from B. to A. And here note that A. doth signify the North, or south Pole. And th'ark B. C. the quadrant, or iiij. part of th'Equinoctial Circle. This ark B. C. you shall di vide equally in the mids, & at that point place D. Then draw a right line from A. unto D. this shall repraesent the meridian line for the mids of this card. This line shall you divide into 90. parts, & every one shall repraesent à degree: or into 18. portions, & every one shall answer unto v. digr. Or (if the Map be small) into 9 portions, & every such division shall signify. 10. degrees. Then placing th'one end of your compass in A. extend, or stretch out th'other unto every of these divisions, & draw arks, or portions of circles, from th'ark A. B. unto th'ark A. C. These ended, you shall write in every division from B. to C. th'equinoctial, unto A. the Pole arctic 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. or 5. 10. 15. 20: or 10. 20. 30. according to the division of the meridian line. After you shall account in this division 23. degrees. 28. minutes from the quinoctiall, which is the sons greatest declination, and draw there a double ark which shall serve for the Tropic of Cancer, or Capricorn, noted with E L, & in like manner account. 23. degrees. 28. minutes from the North or South pole, & in that space draw in like sort à double ark, which shallbe in stead of the polary circle, either Arctike or Antarctike, & set th'ends of it. I K. and so are all the parallels of latitude, (answering your map) perfaitly finished. Spou. I understand the protracture of them very well. But shall there be but one meridian line for all this Map? Phil. Yes verily, there shallbe so many, as there are parallels of latitude, whose number as I said was. 90. Spou. Now I perceive the reason of this artificial working, for like as the circuit of the heavens is distributed into. 360. parts: so in like manner the compass of th'earth is also into 360 portions divided, both toward the Poles & also from West to East. Therefore I pray you show me the way howè to draw these meridian lines. Philo. You shall divide the ark B D Cinto. 90. or. 18. or else 9 portions equally, as I did the latitude from A unto D. In like sort you shall divide the polary Circle. I K. then drawing in these divisions from th'equinoctial (by the divisions of the Polary Circle) unto A, arks or portions of Circles, you shall have the frame preparid in which you shall (in the same manner that you did for England) place such portion of the world, as it can aptly receive. Spo. But may I not describe here the parallels, & climates (taking them out of the table in the second book) as Ptolomaeus doth in his Geography? Phi. Yes verily, & it shall adorn the map, not omitting the principal winds serving for that part of th'earth, nor yet th'inhabitants called for the diversity of shadows, Periscij, Heteroscij, Amphiscij, but now behold the frame of whose composition we have made so many words. Spou. This map doth lively express your meaning so that there is none (I suppose) so ignorant or dull, but that without great difficulty he may practise the like, & therefore I require you proceed in the description of a Card, for half the face of th'Earth which (as I conjecture) will conveniently serve for our Hemisphere. Philo. Not for our Hemispere only, but also for any one half portion of th'earth, as well serving th'use of them that dwell under us directly (& called therefore Antipodes) as also any other. But I will leave to speak of th'use of it, because of itself it is manifest, & will make plain unto you the composition, & artificial preparation of it. First with your compass describe a Circle as great as your card shallbe, within which draw an other Circle, a finger breadth distant, & just to this, also an other. Then part these Cir cles in the mids with a right line, th'ends of which are A. C. cross this line in the mids, with an other right line B. D. So is your Circle parted into 4. equal portions Then divide every portion in the compass of the circle into 90. parts in this manner. First into 3. then every of them again into 3. after into 2. & last into 5. After write in them 5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30. etc. from B. C. unto D A. & so is the whole compass of your card, parted into 360. portions. Spoud. Unto what use serveth the cross lines drawn thorough the face of the Map? Philo. The line A. C. repraesenteth the meridian: as the line B. D. The half equinoctial circle. Also A. C. repraesenteth the Poles of the world, & the plagues, or parts of the same, north & south: as B. signifieth the west, & D. th'East. Spou. I perceive your mind, therefore proceed. Phi. Then apply the ruler to the digr. of the circle of A. B. C. & note th'intersections of the ruler in th'equinoctial & in like manner do in th'other half Circle A. D. C. this ended, you shall describe from A. unto C. Parallels, or half circles, by these divisions in th'equinoctial: then writ on them from B. to D. 10▪ 20. 30. 40. etc. Also you shall apply the ruler to the circle, dividing the meridian line A. C. as you did th'equinoctial B. D. & describe in th'interfections in like manner, half circles, which shall serve for Parallels of Latitude. Then account in the circle from B. toward A. twenty-three. digr. 28. min. & describe an ark, which shall repraesent the half tropic of Cancer, also from A. toward B. account twenty-three. digr. 28. min. & draw with your compass another ark, which shall signify the half Arctic, or polary circle: in like manner do with the tropic of Capricorn, & th'antarctic circle. After place the half part of th'earth in the map thus praepared, & describe the Climates, Parallels, inhabitants, & winds, with their proper names, & the map shallbe perfaitlye finished, as for example, you may behold the frame of the Hemisphere of th'Earth, before placed. Spou. This card should seem to give a great light & knowledge unto Navigation. And if I do praepare me an other Map, for th'other Hemisphere, I shall in these two compraehende, & contain th'universal Earth. Phil. True it is. but as touching the light, it bringeth to Navigation, we will make mention of, at our next meeting: & now I will show you, how in one card, or Map, you may describe all th'earth, in such wise, as shallbe most perfait, & in that form, & figure, which shallbe right pleasant. Spou. I pray you then begin, & The making of a Card containing the whole Earth. I shall give diligence. Phi. First describe on some plain place, an half circle A. B. C. upon the centre D. so great as thou wilt have the card, after divide the right line A. D. into 90, portions equally. Then place th'one end of your compass in A. stretching forth th'other end unto 86. degr. xv. min. & xx, seconds, in the line A. D. & so with your Compass, draw an ark from D. unto the half circle A. B. C. which shall cross it in B, (for by this way th'ark A. B. being extended right forth, shallbe as long as the right line A. D.) Then you shall divide this ark A. B. into 90. equal parts. After with your compass take the quantity of th'ark A. B. and placing th'one end in B. take the like quantity in the half circle towards C. which in like manner you shall divide into 90. portions, & so th'ark A. B E shallbe parted into 180. parts. Again with thy compass take the length of the line A. D. & th'one end being placed in A. take the like proportion from A. to F. so that A. F. shallbe equal to the line A. D. Then divide the line A. F. into 90. parts equally, as you did A. D. after placing th'one foot of thy compass in the Centre D. thou shalt draw arks in every of the divisions, or else every fift, or x. division only & note the highest Ark next with G. H. then enter into the table following, & find out how many degrees in longitude answereth to. 80. degrees of latitude, north from th'equinoctial (which in the table are. 140. degrees. 40 minutes) that number you shall account in the half circle from A, unto E. & applying your ruler unto th'end of this number, & unto the centre D. drawà short line, which shall extend unto H. again enter into your table with 70. degrees of Latitude, & you shall find. 138. degrees 23. minutes (which I account from A, toward E as before, & applying my ruler to the short line, & the degrees in Longitude, with my pen I draw an other short line. In like manner I do with th'other parallels of Latitude. 60. 50. 40. 30. 20. 10. Spou. So that by entering into the table, & accounting the degrees in Longitude from A. towards E, & drawing short lines one at th'end of an other, there ariseth as it were a portion of a circle from D to B. & if I could in like manner find the proportion of th'equinoctial unto the South parallels (which in like number are. 90.) them the whole form would repraesent the figure of half an heart. Phi. Th'other part of the Table containing south parallels, shall serve herein your use sufficiently. For entering into it with. x. degrees of latitude which is the next south parallel from th'equinoctial, I find. 79. degrees. 46. min. which accounting as before in the half circle A E. I draw an other short line at th'end of th'other, & so in like sort with. 20. 30. 40. 50. A TABLE, containing THE segments and parts of th'equinoctial, drawn in a plain plat form, answering unto the circumference of Parallels. etc. The North Latitude of Parallels Parallels drawn South from th'Equinoctial Diego Dig M. Di Dig 40 Di. Di Mi Di Di Miunt. 89 141 20 44 126 40 1 88 59 46 41 22 88 141 20 43 126 2 2 87 59 47 40 19 87 141 19 42 125 22 3 86 58 48 39 16 86 141 16 41 124 44 4 85 59 49 38 12 85 41 12 40 124 4 5 84 53 50 37 8 84 141 7 39 123 16 6 83 55 51 36 4 83 141 1 38 122 44 7 82 52 52 35 0 82 140 55 37 122 4 8 81 51 53 33 56 81 140 47 36 121 20 9 80 17 54 32 53 80 140 40 35 120 38 10 79 46 55 32 2 79 140 27 34 119 55 11 78 44 56 31 2 78 140 22 33 119 10 12 77 41 57 30 0 77 140 4 32 118 55 13 76 38 58 29 0 76 139 58 31 117 41 14 75 33 59 28 5 75 139 46 30 116 58 15 74 31 60 27 0 74 139 30 29 116 9 16 73 27 61 26 1 73 139 14 28 115 21 17 72 25 62 25 2 72 138 45 27 114 33 18 71 19 63 24 2 71 138 38 26 113 45 19 70 16 64 23 3 70 138 23 25 112 56 20 69 12 65 22 5 69 138 13 24 112 6 21 68 7 66 21 6 68 137 56 23 111 17 22 67 3 67 20 9 67 137 32 22 100 27 23 65 50 68 19 12 66 137 15 21 109 35 24 64 55 69 18 16 65 136 55 20 108 55 25 63 50 70 17 20 64 136 33 19 107 52 26 62 45 71 16 23 63 136 10 18 106 58 27 61 40 72 15 27 62 135 47 17 106 9 28 60 36 73 14 31 61 135 25 16 105 13 29 59 32 74 13 37 60 135 0 15 104 19 30 58 41 75 12 43 59 134 35 14 103 22 31 57 23 76 11 49 58 134 6 13 102 29 32 56 18 77 10 55 57 133 41 12 101 34 33 55 13 78 10 1 56 133 12 11 100 39 34 54 8 79 9 8 55 132 43 10 99 42 35 53 5 80 8 17 54 132 15 9 98 45 36 52 0 81 7 26 53 131 48 8 97 49 37 50 55 82 6 35 52 131 16 7 96 51 38 49 51 83 5 44 51 130 44 6 95 53 39 48 44 84 4 55 50 130 10 5 94 52 40 47 43 85 4 2 49 129 37 4 93 58 41 46 39 86 3 13 48 129 2 3 92 58 42 45 34 87 2 24 47 128 29 2 91 58 43 44 31 88 1 35 46 127 52 1 91 0 44 43 28 89 0 47 45 127 16 0 90 0 45 42 25 90 0 0 60. 70. 80. 90. where the Pole Antarctike is, and maketh the Figure as you said of half an heart. Spoud. This can I practise by myself at an other season: wherefore I pray you proceed to the finishing of this Map. Philo. Then taking the Cloth or Parchment, in which you will describe the Parallels, and meridian Circles: you shall reduce all the Circles with their divisions, which you made in A. B. C. into this second Map, the Centre of which is. K. by the help of your compass, first drawing a right line. K. L. the mids of which shall be M. and this line must be in length equal to the Line. D. F. in the first Map. Then placing th'one end of the compass in. K. extend th'other unto. M. and protract a Circle, which shall represent th'equinoctial, and shall be equal unto the Circle. A. B. C. after take with your Compass the distance of every ark described in the first Map, and with th'one foot of your compass, (placing th'other foot in. K.) draw Circles in such circuit, as one of these shallbe four times the quantity of one of th'other in the first Map. Then place in this Map the Face of th'earth, according to his parts in Longitude and Latitude, as it is set fourth in my fifth book, using in every Country, to place only the meridian Line, for the mids of the same, where as your Map is of no great quantity. Then place the degrees of Longitude, & Latitude unto the Parallels, and meridian Circles, with Climates, Winds, diversity of inhabitance, and other necessary things. Spoud. But may I not describe the Planet & sign under which every nation is, also in this Map? for Ptolomaeus maketh mention of them in his quadripartite, as also every Astronomer writing of the revolutions of the world. Phi. Yes truly, & by that reason, you shall make it an Astronomical Glass also, & serve your use profitably therein. Spoud. I pray you give me a table of the principal winds, of which you have hitherto made no mention, & also of the Planets & signs, under whom every region & Country is governed. Phi. As touching the winds, and there number, because it requireth a longer time than now is offered, you shall find in the table of them where we make mention of Navigation: but as for the Planets & signs governing every region, because you have not always Ptolomaeus, I will not refuse to make mention of it in this place, adding furthermore unto Ptolomaeus the names both of Regions, and Cities, which either were not known of him, or else willingly omitted. As in this Table you may easily perceive, conferring it with that which is of him described. Regions and Cities, subject to the signs & Planets, and first of those that be under Aries, and Mars. ♈. ♂ Basternia, Syria, Palestina, England, France, Germany, Burgundy, Sweveland: and of Cities with Towns, Naples, Ancona, Ferrariae, florence, Verona Capua, Lindavia, Cracovia. etc. Under Taurus, and Venus. ♉. ♀ Parthia, Media, Cyprus, the lesser Asia, th'islands named Cyclades, Ireland, Helvetia. etc. Of Cities and towns, Bonony, Tigure, Lucerna, Herbipolis, Lipsia, Posna. etc. Under Gemini, and Mercurius. ♊. ☿ Hyrcania, Armenia, Cyrene, Marmarica, the lower Egypt, à part of Lombardie and Flanders, Brabant: and of Cities and Towns, London, Louvain, Brigys, Mence, Hasford, Norinberge. etc. Under Cancer, and the Moon. ♋. ☽ Numidia, Africa, Bythinia, Carthage, Phrigia, holland, Seland, Scotland, the kingdom of Granat▪ &c: And of Cities & Towns, Constantinople, Venice, pise, Milan, Trevers, York, S. Andrews, Lubeck. Under Leo, and the son. Italy, Sicily Apulie, Boheme, Phoenicia, à part ♌. ☉ of Turkey, Sabina. etc. And of Cities with towns, Damascus. Rome, Confluence, Ravenna, Cremona. prague. Under Uirgo, and Mercurius. Mesopotamia, Babylon, Assiria, Grece, Achaia ♍. ☿ Crete: and of Cities and of towns, Jerusalem, Corinth, Rhodes, Papia, Tolose, Lions, Paryce, Heydelberge, ♎. ♀ Basile. Under Libra, & Venus. Bactriana, Caspia, Thebaida, Aethiopia, Lyvonia, ostrich, Oasis. And of cities & towns, Caiëta, Lauda, Suessa, Placentia, Friburge, Argentine, Spiers, Francford. etc. Under Scorpius and Mars. ♏. ♂ judaea, Cappadocia, Getulia, Mauritania, Norway, Cathalonia. And of Cities and Towns, Valentia, Padua, Messana, Aquileia. etc. Under Sagittarius, & Libra. ♐. ♃ Spain, Arabia the happy, Ungary, Slavonia, Celtica, Misnia. And of Cities & Towns, Tolet, colein, Narbona, Stutgardia, Rotenburge, Buda. etc. Under Capricornus, & Saturnus. ♑. ♄ India, Arriana, Macedonia, Thracia, Grece, saxony, Hessia, Orchney islands, Machline, Oxford, Brancha denburge, Constantia, Faventia. Augusta vindel. etc. Under Aquarius, & Saturn. ♒. ♄ Arabia desert, great Tartary, Denmark, Segdiana, Sarmatia. & of Cities, Hamburge, Brema, Salisburge. etc. Under Pisces & jubiter. Lydia, Pamphylia, Calabria, Normandy, Portugal ♓. ♃ Sicily. & of cities & towns, Alexander. Hispalis, Compostel, Ratisbone, Worms. Sp. There now remaineth to speak of the describing a particular card for any region or country, without knowing their longitudes & latitudes. Ph. That is well remembered, & there be divers, & sondri ways to perform this work, of which I will show you but one: that is by an instrument, serving properly to this use. But like as this way is more easier then that which is performed by longitude, & Latitude, & may be put in practice at all times: so in like condition, the work is not so exact, and perfaite, as by Longitudes and Latitudes, which require long and diligent observation. Spou. In what form is th'instrument made by which so much utility may spring, as to describe by it, a country. Philonicus. It is made much like the back part of an Astrolabe, containing in the circuit. 360. degrees, An Instrument serving th'use to describe a country and hath a ruler with two sights, which we move to and fro, as occasion is ministered, until thorough them we see the place desired. But it differeth from an Astrolabe, in that it hath a Dial, with a Needle fixed in it, & also that th'Instrument is divided into two & thirty parts, like as a Shipman's compass. As this figure before placed, doth apparently set out. Spoudeus. This Instrument is easy to be provided, To make a Cart without knowing Longitude, & Latitude. yea, & that without great expense, & is not troublous in carriage: but in what sort may I by it describe à Country? Philon. I will in few words make it to you evident. With your Instrument you shall ascend on some high tower, Steaple, or Mountain, so that you may on every part see the towns, & Uillagies, about you adjacent in your Horizont. Then placing your Instrument (which I name à Geographical plain Sphere) Flat, & level, The Geographical plain Sphere. turning it from one part unto an other, until the needle fall on the Meridian Line, in thy Geographical plain Sphere, than it remaining steadfast: direct the ruler with his two sights unto any one place that you do see, & mark diligently th' Angle of sight, (Gemma Th' Angle of sight. Frisius calleth it) Angulus positionis. Spoude. I pray you be not offended although at this present I interrupt you, and or you further proceed show me what you call the Angle of sight. Philonicus. I am nothing displeased, but much rejoice that you will not negligently suffer things to escape you, until you be satisfied touching their true meaning. You shall note that the Angle of sight, is that Ark or portion of the Horizont of any Th' Angle of sight. place, comprehended betwixt two meridian Circles and drawn by the vertical Circle of the first place, unto the Meridian of the second, whose distance you seek out. Spou. Then you in this place call that Ark A perfect Angle. of the Horizont, the Angle of sight, which is lesser than a perfait angle, conteininge. 90. degrees. Phil. I do so, for if it be. 90. degrees, the place is under the same Parallel of Latitude, but yet differeth in Longitude, & therefore is directly East or West, as also if there be no Angle of sight, it hath the same Longitude & meridian Line, & is plain North or South from you. Spoud. Then I pray you proceed with your precept, you say I shall take the Angles of sight of every place that I can see in the Horizont of my place where I begin my work. Phil. Yea verily, and then you shall make in some Paper a great Circle, & divide it into. 360 parts, as your Geographical plain Sphere is, writing the four coasts of the country East, South, West, & North, in your paper, then draw right lines from the Centre of your circle, (which representeth your place where you take th' Angles of sight of other towns, & villages adjacent) unto such Angles of sight as you have found out by your Geographical plain Sphere. Spou. But this shall little (as I conjecture) avail: yea although I might have th' Angles of sight of all the places in a Region, from my place, if I have not the true distance of them? Philon. I confess no less: for if you have not th' Angles of sight from ij. places, you can not gather the distance of the third. Therefore when as you have placed in the Paper all the Towns, villages, or notable hills, that you can see in that Horizont: you shall take your instrument and Paper, traveling unto some other town, where in like manner you shall go up into the highest place of the same, and there placing your instrument as before, observe th' Angles of sight of such Towns & villages as are in that Horizont. Which ended, you shall describe in the Paper an other circle as before (as far distant from th'other, as you think convenient, marking diligently that the Centre of the second Circle, be in the line of sight, drawn from the Centre of the first Circle, it being also divided into. 360. parts) drawing such Angles of sight as you can find. And so proceed from place to place, until every Town or village have come twice in your sight. And where that any line of the second Circle, Crosseth the like line in the first Circle, make there a Star, or like mark, for that third place (so call I the town observed twice) & so in like manner you shall do with other places, until you have drawn the hole region you desire. Spoud. Than it is expedient for me to observe the Angle of sight of every Town, from ij. several places, so shall I find out the distance of one of them from an other, or of the third from than both, as it must be placed in the Card. Phil. Yea, and not only in the Card, but that being known, you shall easily find out the distance in To find the distance in miles of divers places. miles of one of them from an other. Spou. That seemeth very marvelous, seeing that you have not their Longitudes & Latitudes. Phil. Yet the work is right easy) as I doubt not but you will confess) for knowing the distance in miles of any Towns, or Uillagies, you shall know the true distance of all the Towns in an Region, one from an other, as for example. Swarston in Norfolk, is from Norwich. iij. miles: I divide as you see the line drawn from Norwiche to it with my compass, in three equal parts, & after apply my compass to the line drawn from Norwich to Windham, & from Windham to Swarston, & find. vi. miles betwixt Norwich and Windham, and. iiij▪ miles from Windan to Swarston. Spo. By this way, I can find out the distance of two towns nigh together, & by that to find out the distance of all towns in a Card. Phi. I do greatly commend you, and you may also make a scale, or ruler, containing in it the quantity of miles from one, to an hundredth if you please, and by this means How to find the distance of places. you may take with your compass the distance of ij. places, & then apply the compass to the foresaid scale, or ruler, & you shall find the perfaite distance. And now sense I have fulfilled your mind for the chief & principal matters belonging to cosmography, & Geography, I will at this present return to my lodging again. Spou. When shall it be your pleasure, that I shall repair unto you to be instructed in the terrestrial Globe, because you said that it do most aptly represent the form of th'earth. Philo. Being required by certain of my friends, I do intend, to make a longer & more ample discourse therein, than this place will permit: And therefore will at this time omit it. As touching my fift book you shall receive it of me to morrow, which day also for your furtherance, I intend to consume in teaching you necessary principles for hydrography and Navigation. And therefore again far you well. THE FOURTH BOOK OF the Cosmographical Glass, setting out such necessary principles, & rules, as are to be observed in hydrography, & Navigation. Spoudaeus. THERE IS NOthing under the Globe of the moan contained, which Time tedious. unto man, beast & every living wit, seemeth more tedious, more ickesome, and long than time, when as they once feel the want of that they most desire. Which saying to be true (although many do confess) yet I above all other must of force affirm, remembering your promise, touching th'art of Navigation. For sense your departure, the greedy greyhound (I assure you) never more desired his prey, nor the thirsty heart, the flowing fountain, or the languishing sick patient, the recovery of his health: then my mind wanting her food and nutriment, thought long, wished, and thirsted, after your presence and company. Phi. It is the proper nature of such in whose mind knowledge have once builded her Bower, ever more & more (like a covetous man) to labour & travel after science: for there is no other ways, how to expel that foul, & ugly beast Ignorance, out of the mind of man: & to place knowledge in the same, but by all possible means, to embrace Science & Cunning. Wherefore, lest that your pain should with Tantalus increase: I will no longer occupy the time with other kind of talk, but will begin somewhat to entreat of necessary things belonging to Na vigation: for I do not intend to set out the differens of one vessel from an other, as th'argosy, Hulk, Ship, Craer, Pincke, Pynice, galley, or what so ever name they have, nor yet of their tackling: but will leave it to such as are Pilotes & masters of that faculty, & will show them a way how they shall both correct their errors, & also guide & direct their Uessels, according t'Arte & Science. Spo. Then first I pray you begin with the division of the water, expounding such names as they take of their place. Phi. That was my meaning: & first as touching the seas you shall note that it is diversly called: either according to the hole, or else according to the part. According to the hole, as the seas by this general name Ocean, because they circuit Th'Ocean sea th'earth round about. according to the parts, as the seas breaking into the land, & making banks on either Sinus, what it here signifieth side is called Sinus, taking also the name of the place it floweth into, as Sinus Adriaticus, sinus Arabicus, Sinus Indicus etc. Also the great seas which divideth Africa & Europe is called the middle earth sea: taking that name Mare medite●… ranium. because in the West of Spain, it breaketh into the mids of th'Earth. The Red seas where proud Pharo The red Seas. & all his bend were drenched: is not far distant from the mid Earth Seas, for there is but a certain Mare Mortu●…. hill, which they must needs go over that go by land from Egipte to Arabia Petrea, that parketh them. Also the Sodomitical or dead Seas (so called because that Sodone & other Cities were there burnt with fire coming from heaven) is not far from jordane, it is also called the dead sea, because the water moveth not, no not with most vehement tempests, because of the pitch in it, neither can any ship sail, or any fish live there. The seas which Mare Cagelasum. are under the Poles Arctic & Antarcticke are called the congealed or frozen Seas. There are also the English, German, Spanish & other seas, of which I need to make no mention, no more then of the notable rivers, as the Themes, the Rhine, Confluence, Neccarus, Danubie, Tiber, Nilus. etc. Because they are manifest unto such as travel in any of them. Spoud. I read also in diverse writers these words, Fretum, Lacus, Stagnum, Palus, Fluuius. But their difference I know not. Phil. Fretum is contrary to that pease of th'Earth, that What Fretum i●…. is called Isthmus. For like as that is â straight portion of th'Earth, having the Seas on both sides: so Fretum is a narrow & straight arm of the Seas, being betwixt two shores. Lacus, & we may call it a lake, is that which continually What Lacus is. What Stagnum is. hath water. Stagnum do differ from it, because it containeth only water gathered by inundations, and rain in the winter season. Palus is a water merueilus What Palus is deep, & broad, & Fluius, we name it a flood, & is called so of flowing. Spoud. Your words giveth me occasion to demand the cause of ebbing, & flowing, & also whether the time may by any mean be learned? Philon. And I will gladly answer you, for this is not the least thing that Pilots, & Shipmen ought to have regard unto, both for going out, & also coming in into any port, or Haven, & other necessary matters. & as touching the Seas how that they raise, and Elevate up themselves, as though they would touch the firmament, and there with filleth other Arms, Havens, The cause of spring & ebb tides. and waters: and also, that they wax shallow, and as it were empty again: I can conjecture no other cause then that, which the Noble Philosopher & Physician Gale nus citith, in his book De diebus decretorijs: in which he affirmeth that when as the Moon increase in light, all moist things in like case increase: & when as her light decrea seth, they in like sort decrease. Whereby it is evident that spring, & ebb tides, take their beginning & end of the moans course in the Zodiac. Galenus words are these. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Li. 3. de Dieb. decret. cap. 2. Omnia siquidem quae facere nata est, ubi falcis figuram repraesentat languida fiunt: invalescunt omnia cum plena fuerit. All things which are under the power of the Moon, when as she resembleth the sith in likeness, they are feeble, & decrease: but all things wax & increase, when she is at the Full. Spou. Then by these words I gather à repugnancy An objection. betwixt his authority, & daily experience: for it is more manifest, & clear than midday, how that the seas ebb, & flow every natural day, that is in 24. hours twice: & Galenus saith, how but twice in a Month the Sea's ebb & flow: for because she is but once at the full, & once at the change in this circuit of time. Phi. This objection nothing infringeth Galen his authority, Th'answer. nor yet experience. For in the spring, and ebb tides, the seas do increase, & decrese marvelously: which happen but twice every month, & this is that, which Galenment. And as for daily ebbing, & flowing, the seas do not increase, or decrease therewith. And therefore is properly called fluxus, etrefluxus, but th'other Augmentum et Decrementum maris. Spo. And what is the cause of this daily ebbing and flowing so orderly, as often & sundry times I have well noted? Phi. The moan also, for when as she riseth in th'East, The cause of Ebbing and flowing. the seas begin to increase more & more, until she cometh to the Meridian Circle, & is full south: & then causeth full Sea. And so as she declineth from the South, so the sea decrease, until she go down in the West Ocean, at which time again the Seas begin to increase, until the Moon be in the foresaid Meridian Line, under th'earth, & then she is full North, making also full seas. So they decrease by little & little as the Moon approacheth toward th'East. Spou. Then I pray you teach me some brief way how I may at all times find th'age of the Moon without any tables of her diurnal course, or Ephemerides: for having that, I shall easily find out the springe and ebbetides. Philon. With a right good will, you shall account the days, that are passed of thy month, & add thereto the Epacte, How at all times to find th'age of the Moon. And to this number you shall also add for every month past (beginning at March) 1. These 3, numbers you shall add together, and that shall show you the age of the Moon. As for example 1559, the 24. day of An example. August, I would know the moans age. first I add 24 days to th'Epact which is 22, the number of them is 46, then from March to August, there are 5. Months past, therefore I add to 46. the number of 5. and the hole number is fifty one, from which I take thirty, (for so must you do, if your number be more than thirty. & under sixty) & there remain, one & twenty, which is th'age of the Moon. Spoud. And what if the number be 30. or 60. what must I then do? Philonicus. There is no thing to do, for that number showeth the Moon to change that present day. Spoude. And how may I find the true Epacte, for on that is all the difficult of the work? Philon. That is so easy, as I count it but lost time to make many words there in. For having th'Epacte for Th'Epacte. one year: you shall for the next year add xi. & so yearly xi. & cast away thirty. as oft as you can: & the remnent, shallbe your Epacte. But because I will not make more words in trifles, behold the Table, and when the years are expired, begin again at the first numbered, & so continue for ever without variation. The year of Christ The golden num. Th'Epacte The year of Christ The golden num Th'Epacte 1560 3 3 1570 13 23 1561 4 14 1570 14 4 1562 5 25 1572 15 5 1563 6 6 1573 16 26 1564 7 17 1574 17 7 1565 8 28 1575. 18 18 1566 9 9 1576 19 29 1567. 10 20 1577 1 11 1568 11 1 1578 2 22 1569 12 12 Spou. Now if I could know, how long the Moon doth every night shine, me think it should be very pleasant & comfortable, especially being on the troublous seas. Philoni. And to that thing also, you shall easily attain by the help of the Table following. A TABLE OF THE SON RISING and going down, through the whole year. Ianua●…us. Februarius. Martius. April. may. june. Da. of themon Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. 1 7 47 4 13 7 5 4 55 6 16 5 44 5 23 0 37 4 36 7 24 4 7 7 53 5 7 42 4 18 6 59 5 1 6 9 5 51 5 16 6 44 4 31 7 29 4 5 7 55 10 7 36 4 24 6 50 5 10 6 0 6 0 5 8 6 52 4 25 7 35 4 4 7 56 15 7 30 4 30 6 42 5 18 5 51 6 9 5 0 7 0 4 9 7 41 4 4 7 56 20 7 24 4 26 6 34 5 26 5 42 6 18 4 51 7 9 4 14 7 46 4 6 7 54 25 7 17 4 43 6 24 5 36 5 34 6 26 4 43 7 17 4 11 7 49 4 9 7 51 julius. August. September. October. November. December. Da. of the mon Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. Son rise. Son go do. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. H M. 1 4 12 7 48 4 48 7 12 5 39 6 21 6 32 5 28 7 22 4 38 7 53 4 7 5 4 15 7 45 4 55 7 5 5 46 6 14 6 39 5 21 7 28 4 32 7 55 4 5 10 4 20 7 49 5 3 6 57 5 54 6 6 6 47 5 13 7 34 4 26 7 56 4 4 15 4 26 7 34 5 11 6 49 6 4 5 56 6 55 5 5 7 40 4 20 7 55 4 5 20 4 32 7 28 5 18 6 42 6 13 5 47 7 4 4 56 7 45 4 15 7 54 4 6 25 4 38 7 22 5 26 6 34 6 21 5 39 7 12 4 48 7 49 4 11 7 51 4 9 First you shall seek out the month in this table, with To know how long the Moon doth shine every night. his day which if it be not there expressed, take that which is next it. And it shall show you what time the son setteth: after, seek out th'age of the Moon by th'Epacte, or otherwise, & against that number in this table (entitled the time that the moan shineth. etc.) You shall find hours, & minutes, which add to the going down of the son, & that number shall manifestly declare how long she is above th'earth, as for example. The. xx. day of An example. March. 1559. the Moon is xj. days old: against which number in the Table of her shining, I find viii. hours, 48. minutes. Then do I look at what time the son setteth the. xx. day of March, & find it at vi. of the clock xviij. minutes. These I add together, and the numbered is xv. hours vi. minutes: so that the moan showeth unto three of the clock in the morning, & vi. minutes after. & hear you must note, that before the Full, & after the change, she shineth presently, the son being set. But after the Full moan, you shall subtract out of the sons rising, so many hours & minutes, as you find in th'age of the moan: & the remanent, shall show when as she do rise as for example. The xxvij. day of March, the moon is An example. xviij. days old, the time of her shining, is x. hours xxiv minutes: the son riseth that day, at v. of the clock. thirty minutes. Now subtract the shining of the Moon, out of the sons rising: there remain seven. hours vi. minutes, the time when as the Moon shall show herself above the Horizont. A TABLE SHOWING HOW LONG the Moon shineth in our Horizont. Th'age of the Moon. The time she shineth. Th'age of the Moon. The time she shineth. Days. Hour. Min. Days. Hour. Min. 1 0 48 16 12 0 2 1 36 17 11 12 3 2 24 18 10 24 4 3 12 19 9 36 5 4 0 20 8 48 6 4 48 21 8 0 7 5 36 22 7 12 8 6 24 23 6 24 9 7 12 24 5 36 10 8 0 25 4 48 11 8 48 26 4 0 12 9 36 27 3 12 13 10 24 28 2 24 14 11 12 29 1 36 15 12 0 30 0 48 Spoudaeus. There yet remain to set out, at what time daily ebbing and flowing shallbe in every cost or you further proceed: for you have declared the division of the seas: with the cause of the springe and ebb tides, also of daily ebbing, and flowing, moreover, the age of the Moon, and how long she shineth▪ whereby I can conjecture the tides aforesaid: now therefore if you do instruct me, whereby I may know the perfect time of ebbing and flowing: than you may with other things at your pleasure proceed. Philon. That you may do without any labour or study, if you do, but only know what Moon in that coast make full seas: which thing this Table following shall lead you unto, in which, I have placed the principal towns on this shore of England, & of other costs, with the Moon that in every one of them make full seas. FULL see AS IN THESE PLACES FOl●…wynge by the cost of the Moon, as when she is at London. S. W. graves end. S. W. S. Poperelle. S. Lands end. S. E. Margot. S. S. E. Gulls. S. W Sandwich S. E. S. Dover. S. E. S. Rhie. S. S. E. Porchmouth. S. Portland. S. E. Dartmot W. S. Plumot W. S. Famot. W. S. Mous bay. W. Scilli. W. S. Milford. W. S. The lands end at Gulf. W. S. W And all the coasts up to bristol, yea and the coasts of Irlande, from Waterforde, unto Holdhende of Kinssael. w. S. Calys. S. S. E. Boleyne. S. S. E. Deep. S. E. S. New Haven S. E. S. The coast of Lions. S. s. w. Conquit. S. w. All the coast à long, till you come to Poell head S. w. From Poell head till you come to the straight of Malgate. S. w. Gravelin S. E. Dunkirk S. E. Host End. S. S. w. Blank Borow. S. S. w. Sluse. S. s. w. Ramkinse s. s. w. At Antwerp. E. Newporte s. s. w. Harwich s. s. E. Yermouth s. E. All the coast à long to Wintertone. s. E. Humber. E. Scarborrow, and à long the coast to Newcastle. s. w. castle. s. s. w. Holly Island. s. s. w. Barwike s. s. w. South Hampton. S. Black Deppes S. Red Bank. S. Tyne Mouth. s. w. Hartle Poule. w. S. w. Feylene. W. S. Spo. This I understand very well. Phi. Then when you will learn the time that it shall How to know th'exact time of ebbing and flowing. be full sea, seek out the town with the coast of the moan. After, enter into this table (having th'age of the moan) & there stay your finger. Then seek in the hire or lower part of the Table, for such a coast as you found written To the Reader. Hear should come into this Page (friendly Reader) the table of the Moans ebbing and flowing: but because the space is not sufficient, you shall find it, in an open sheet, which must here to be annexid. A PROFIT ABE TABLE FOR FINDING OUT EBBS, AND FLOODS IN THE COASTS of England, scotland, Ireland, Duchelande, and France. THE COATSES OF THE MOON BEFORE the Full, & after the Change. Th' age of the Moon East. East & by S. East. S. E. S. e. & by Ea. S. Ea. S. E. & by So. S. S. East. S. and by Ea. Sou. S. and by we. S. S. west S. we. & by s S. we. s. w. & by w. we. S. west we. &. by So. H. M H. M H M H. M H M H. M H M H. M H M H. M H M H. M H M H. M H M H. M. 1 6 48 7 33 8 18 9 3 9 48 10 33 11 18 12 1 12 48 1 31 2 18 3 3 3 48 4 33 5 18 6 3 2 7 36 8 21 9 6 9 51 10 36 11 21 12 6 12 51 1 36 2 21 3 6 3 51 4 36 5 21 6 6 6 51 3 8 24 9 9 9 54 10 30 11 24 12 9 12 54 1 39 2 24 3 9 3 54 4 39 5 24 6 9 6 54 7 39 4 9 12 9 57 10 42 11 27 12 12 12 57 1 42 2 27 3 12 3 57 4 42 5 27 6 12 6 57 7 42 8 27 5 10 0 10 45 11 30 12 15 1 0 1 45 2 30 3 15 4 0 4 45 5 30 6 15 7 0 7 45 8 30 9 15 6 10 48 11 33 12 18 1 3 1 48 2 33 3 18 4 3 4 48 5 33 6 18 7 3 7 48 8 33 9 18 10 3 7 11 36 12 21 1 6 1 51 2 36 3 21 4 6 4 51 5 36 6 2●… 7 6 7 51 8 36 9 21 10 6 10 51 8 12 24 1 9 1 54 2 39 3 24 4 9 4 54 5 39 6 24 7 9 7 54 8 39 9 14 10 9 10 54 11 39 9 1 12 1 57 2 42 3 27 4 12 4 57 5 42 6 17 7 12 7 57 8 42 9 27 10 12 10 57 11 42 12 27 10 2 0 2 45 3 30 4 15 5 0 5 45 6 30 7 15 8 0 8 45 9 30 10 15 11 0 11 45 12 30 1 15 11 2 48 3 33 4 18 15 3 5 48 6 13 7 18 8 2 8 48 9 33 10 18 11 3 11 48 12 33 1 18 2 3 12 3 36 4 21 5 6 5 51 6 36 7 21 8 6 8 51 9 36 10 21 11 6 11 51 12 36 1 21 2 6 2 51 13 4 24 5 9 5 54 6 39 7 24 8 9 8 54 9 39 10 24 11 9 11 54 12 39 1 24 2 9 2 54 3 39 14 5 12 5 57 6 42 7 27 8 12 8 57 9 42 10 27 11 12 11 57 12 42 1 27 2 12 2 57 3 42 4 27 15 6 0 6 45 7 30 8 15 9 0 9 45 10 30 11 15 12 0 12 45 1 30 2 15 3 0 3 45 4 30 5 31 16 6 0 6 45 7 30 8 15 9 0 9 45 10 30 11 15 12 0 12 45 1 30 2 15 3 0 3 45 4 30 5 31 17 5 12 5 57 6 42 7 27 8 12 8 57 9 42 10 27 11 12 11 57 12 42 1 27 2 12 2 57 3 42 4 27 18 4 24 5 9 5 54 6 39 7 24 8 9 8 54 9 39 10 24 11 9 11 54 12 39 1 24 2 9 2 54 3 39 19 3 36 4 21 5 6 5 51 6 36 7 21 8 6 8 51 9 36 10 21 11 6 11 51 12 36 1 27 2 6 2 51 20 2 48 3 33 4 18 5 3 5 48 6 13 7 18 8 2 8 48 9 33 10 18 11 3 11 48 12 33 1 18 2 3 21 2 0 2 45 3 30 4 15 5 0 5 45 6 30 7 15 8 0 8 45 9 30 10 15 11 0 11 45 12 30 1 15 22 1 12 1 57 2 42 3 27 4 12 4 57 5 42 6 27 7 12 7 57 8 42 9 27 10 12 10 57 11 42 12 27 23 12 24 1 9 1 54 2 39 3 24 4 9 4 54 5 39 6 24 7 9 7 54 8 39 9 14 10 9 10 54 11 39 24 11 36 12 21 1 6 1 51 2 36 3 21 4 6 4 51 5 36 6 21 7 6 7 51 8 36 9 21 10 6 10 51 25 10 48 11 53 12 18 1 3 1 48 2 33 3 18 4 3 4 48 5 33 6 18 7 3 7 48 8 33 9 18 10 3 26 10 0 10 45 11 30 12 15 1 0 1 45 2 30 3 15 4 0 4 45 5 30 6 15 7 0 7 45 8 30 9 15 27 9 12 9 57 10 42 11 27 12 12 12 57 1 42 2 27 3 12 3 57 4 42 5 27 6 12 6 57 7 42 8 27 28 8 24 9 9 9 54 10 30 11 24 12 9 12 54 1 39 2 24 3 9 3 54 4 39 5 24 6 9 6 54 7 39 29 7 36 8 21 9 6 9 51 10 36 11 21 12 6 12 51 1 36 2 21 3 6 3 51 4 36 5 21 6 6 6 51 30 6 48 7 33 8 18 9 3 9 48 10 33 11 18 12 1 12 48 1 31 2 18 3 3 3 48 4 33 5 18 6 3 west. w. and by N. w. N. west N. we. by we N. w. N. w. by N. N. N west N. & by w. Nor. N. & by Ea. N. N. East. n. c. & by N. N. E. n. c. & by ea. E. N. East. N. and by E. THE COASTS OF THE MOON from the Full unto the Change. Place this Table before the leaf. 153. with your town, and over against th' age of the Moon you shall have the day, and hour; when as in that cost it is full sea. As for example, I find at Yermouthe. S. E. An example. Whereby I say that a Southeast Moon, make a full sea with them: them I Imagine the Moon to be. xii. days old therefore in the first row I seek th' age of the Moon, & in the higher part of the Table, find S. E: then descending until I be directly against th' age of the Moon, I find vi. hours. xxxvi. minutes, which is the exact time, when as it is full sea at Yermouthe. So in like manner you may work with any place, about this our Ocean sea, as in the table going before it is evident. Spoude. This I do right well perceive. Philon. Now order enforceth, that we convert our talk unto the winds, because of the necessary use of them in Navigation, & first you shall understand that the wind is no other thing, than a hot & dry exhalation, engendered What the wind is. in the bowels of th' Earth, which once breaking forth, is driven round about the face of the same. This both Homer, and th' old Grecians, divided Four Principal winds. only into iiij. East, West, North & South. But those that followed them next, after a more exquisite sort, divided the Horizont into. viii. equal portions. Spoud. And what names did they devise for them? Philon. I will show you, they called th' East: Subsolanus, for that the sunnè riseth there being in th' equinoctial points. The West wind also they called Favonius, of nourishing: the wind which cometh out of the North, Septentrio: the South wind Auster. Then the wind that bloweth betwixt th' east, & the South, named South East. Also that which cometh out of that place betwixt th' east & the north, they called it North-east. The space directly betwixt the north, & the west, they named northwest: as betwixt the south, & the west south-west, as in this, figure A. B. C. D. represent the horizon, A. th' east, B. the north: C. the west, D. the south: E. the North-east: F. the nortwest: G. the southeast: & H. the Southeast. Spo. Yet there is another kind of parting the horizon, than you have declared: for I remember that I red in Marcus Manilius, how the Horizon: was Marcus Manilius. parted in 12. parts: but the reason of it I could never understand. His versis as I remember, are these. Asper ab axe ruit Boreas: furit Eurus ab Ortu: Auster amat medium Solem: Zephyrusque profundum. Hos inter binae mediis è partibus aurae. Fxpirant similes, mutato nomine, flatus. From the North, rough Boreas come: & Eurus, from th' East: Auster, from the South bloweth: & Zephyrus, from the West. Betwixt either of these quarts, two other winds burst out: In nature like: their names changed, whistling all th' earth about. Phi. Manilius doth very aptly show th' order of parting the horizon in to 12. parts. For (saith he) there cometh two winds from those parts of the Horizont, where th' equinoctial crosseth it equally, of which, th' East he calleth Eurus: And the West Zephyrus, or Favonius. Then the meridian circle crosseth also the horizon equally in the mids. And so by these intersections there are two other winds described: the North, he calleth Boreas, The south Auster. Spoud.. These. iiij. are the Principal winds, & agreeth with Homer & th' old Grecians. Philo. Yea, but in the rest it differeth both from them, & also the second sort. For these parted the Horizont in. 8. equal portions: but Manilius into. 12. inequal parts for he described. iiij. collateral winds by the. ij. Tropic Circles, which are the places where the Son riseth & goeth down in the mids of Summer, and Winter. And also other 4. winds at the Circles Arctic & Antarctick. Spou. I remenher that in our first days talk, you showed me what th'equinoctial, the tropics, & the circles arctic & Antarctic were: notwithstanding I shall the more speedily conceive your meaning, if you vouch safe (as hitherto you have used to give me some example & picture hereof. Phil. That I will not refuse to do, or any other thing, so that the more utiliti hereof may unto you ensue. Where fore behold the type before placed in which. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Is the place of the Horizont. H. the north. A. th'East: L. the south: &. B. the West. From which the Principal winds doth blow. C. is the place where the Son riseth in the Summer, & E. where in the same time of the year he setteth: Also. D. do represent the place, where as the son riseth in the winter point, and F. the coast where he goeth down. Also that part of the Arctic circles, which is most easterly marked with G, & th'other part furthest West, noted with I. also the part of the Circle Antarctic furthest East, is marked The Horizont parted into 32 parts. with M. And th'other portion furthest west with K. But now in our time, the learned Hydrographers, & Travelours on the Seas, have yet gone beyond them all, parting the Horizont in 32. equal portions, as sufficiently answering unto every voyage through the hole Earth, & they have given them very apt names, as in this Instrument following more largely appeareth. Spou. Thus I see, that by diligence, & labour, small things have great root, & increasing. For first there were found out but iiij. Cardinal, & chief winds: after they were made viii. in numbered, then xii. And now in our days 32. so that I believe we be at the furthest, and that those which follow us, shall not be able to add The number of winds infinite. any thing to this pertition of winds. Phi. You are much deceived, if that you so do think, for the number of ●…indes be infinite, & break out of every part of the horizon. But like as 12. in number seemed not sufficient: so 32. are thought to answer in all parts, that is in Navigation required, & the devising of â greater number, shall rather cause confusion of memory: then help in this behalf. Also by this Compass (the Son shining) you shall perfectly know the hour of the day by the coast he is in. As when he is right east, & West, it is alway six of the cloak: also, à south Son maketh xii. of the clock. So in like manner, a southeast son, maketh ix. of the cloak, & a south west son, iij. of the cloak after noon. Th'other hours are manifest by the compass. Spou. This is very necessary also in travilinge. And now return to that, from whence we did digress. There are certain qualities applied to the winds, whereof doth that springe? Phi. There are so, & that cometh of the temperature North winds cold. of th'Earth, so that the North winds be called could, because they proceed from the frozen Zone, & these south winds hot, because that they come from the burnt zone. South winds hot. But this belongeth more to Physic, than Navigation. For we seek herein, to learn th'apt wind which shall carry us, unto the desired port, & not health, which is the Physicians chief care. Spou. I confess no less, but yet sense we have entered in to this matter, I will be so bold, as to trouble you herein further. And where as you say, the qualities of the winds An objection spring of the temperature of th'earth, do you mean the zones, & Climates? Phil. I do no less: Spou. Then seeing the North wind is called cold, because it cometh from the north frozen zone, why by the like reason shall not the South winds be of like quality, coming from the south frozen zone? Philoni. I will answer you in few words. The Th'answer. North wind cometh from the North frozen zone, and is felt in our Climate, because we are situated, nearer that, than the South frozen Zone: which being under our feet (as you have heard before declared) is kept from us, & the coldness of the wind, not only mitigated, but also greatly altered, through the heat of the burning Zone. And therefore the South winds are called hot. Spou. This doth very well agree both to reason, & experience. So that in th'Equinoctial, where both the north, and South winds meet, there the winds are called temperate, Winds temperate under th'equinoctial because the coldness of them is taken away by the heat of the burning Zone. And by this also I gather, that such as dwell in the temperate south Zone, (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Proclus call it) beyond th'equinoctial, they Call the South wind cold, and the North wind hot. Phi. It must needs so be, for that the burning Zone qualifieth the coldness os the north winds, through his heat, as to us, he doth the South. Spou. There is now an other doubt entered into my head, of which to be delivered I must (or we further proceed) require your gentle aid. And that is, whether in describing A question. the. iiij. Cardinal winds, you call the North Pole, the furthest North point or not: and th'antarctic Pole the South point. Philon. No verily, respecting our climate, but I call Th'answer. North, & South, the place of the horizon, which the meridian circled rightly doth cross, as also th'east, & west, where th'Equinoct. crosseth the horizon. Spo. Then under th'equinoctial, where the Poles are equal with th'earth the Poles themselves are the north & South points. Phil. It must of force so be. But now seeing these instructions seem sufficient unto you, touching the order, number, division, and names of the winds: I will pass from that, and convert my talk, unto the desired scope, (that is) how to direct any ship, from place to place, from Port to Port, exactly by Art: Spou. And that is a thing, which seemeth marvelous. For it is thought praise worthy to go by land, directly without error, from one place to an other, far distant a sunder, having no path, or way whereby to be guided. But in the wide Ocean, to find a direct way, & to conduct his vessel unto the port desired, is much more commendable. If Ulysses had known this Art, he should not have bene so long tossed on the troublous seas. If Diomedes, Ulysses. or Aeneas, had been herein learned, they had not so Diomedes. Aneas. many years been driven from place to place: knowing not by what means, to attain to their so long desired Region. What thing more commodious for Princes, was there ever invented: more profitable for a common weal: and more necessary for all men? And that considering the worthy Princes in time paste, called Neptunus' th'inventor hereof, à God: as also Aeolus, which found out the use of winds: For it is truly said, honour nourisheth arts. Neptunus. Aeolus. Philon. I would in these days, they would reward the learned, & painful (which either invent, or add to that which is invented) with â necessary living, & as for calling them gods, let that pass, it is to great a title for mortal men. But omit we these things, as touching the directing of any ship, you may do it two ways: th'one by the compass only, which was to th'old Hydrographers, The compass unknown to th'old Hydre graphers. unknown: th'other by longitudes, Latitudes, and the compass, of which her after we will show the manner. As touching the first way, I will not labour to write much of, because it is known well nigh to every Mariner. But yet I will show them certain observations, by which there is found many errors in the needle: that done I will also declare, how they shall correct the same, and sail more exactly than the most part are able? Spou. This is a marvelous needle, which being touched, The praise of the needle. (as I hear only with the Magnes) should know to turn alway to the North pole, and that only by the same, the. iiij. Plagues, and quarters of th'earth, are presently found out. But what be th'observations of this needle, by which you affirm that it doth not exactly point north, and south. Phi. They are of jofrancus set forth, in this wise. Observations of the needle where it hath erred. In the Island called Insula Corui, it declined Easterlye. xv. degrees. Also in the place which shipmen call (Le Cap d'espoir en terre new) it declineth toward the west. 33. degrees, and. 45. minutes. Again at Deppe, (saith he) it pointeth Easterlye to much, by. 11. degrees well nigh. Spo. If this be certain, then in deed th'error is not tolerable, but admit it be not so much, yet error in all things (as much as is possible) is to be eschewed, & verity to be followed. Wherefore I pray you, show me how to find out a perfait needle, & to correct it, if it be not perfect. Phi. Both the choosing of a needle that is perfect, & also to correct the false, consisteth all in one precept. For if I How to correct the needle can correct a false needle, I can also choose a true, & perfect: the way how you shall do that, is on this wise. when you will verify your needle (if it be in the day) you shall use the help of the Sun (and on the night) of some fixed star, marking diligently when they are in the nonestead line: & then direct your needle unto the Son, or star, & if the flower of the needle be right north from it, your needle is perfect: or if the flower be toward the son, & th'other part of it North, it is also true, & this your needle corrected, you shall perfectly direct your ship, without error. Spou. I can with my Astrolabe, or Quadrant, observe the height of the son, & star, until that he come to the meridian, or nonestead line (as you taught me in the second days talk) & at that instant, place my needle Fol. 91. 92. 93. 94. right towards him. Phi. And this will serve as well on the seas, as on the land. But on the land you may draw à meridiane line, as I taught you, & set your compass on the meridian Line, which you have drawn, in such manner, as the line North & South in the compass, stand right in the same, & it is of all other th'exact way: & this having your line made, you may at all times, verify any needle, not tarrying for the sons coming to the Meridian Circle. Spou. But then my Meridian line which I have drawn, must ever be fixed in some place without removing Philo. It must needs follow. There is also great error committed in describing the shipman's Cart, because they use right lines in the place of Parallel circles, of which at this time I will no further entreat. Spoud. Then I pray you begin the way how to sail by Longitudes, and Latitudes. Philon. Unto this way are required the circles of the Sphere, the meridian altitude of the son by day, and star by night, the height of the Pole, the longitude of Regions and Ports, and the use of the shipman's quadrat, whose inventor was worthy D. Gemma. Spou. As touching the Circles of the sphere, you gave me instructions in our first days talk: also to find th'altitude of the Pole, son, & star in the second days meeting: the longitude of places you promised to set forth by themselves & give me at my departure: therefore there, only remain, to show me th'use of the quadrat, in this art. Phi. Then I will herein satisfy your expectation & finish our talk for this present. This Quadrat as you see containeth. 32. points, with their names in them written. Spoud. I perceive it well, but what is meant by those degrees of Longitude, & Latitude, in that order placed? Philon. I will show you, opening the whole Art of directing How to direct a ship to any port. your ship. First you must seek out the longitude & Latitude both of the place from whence you sail, & also of that unto which you intent to travail. Those you shall for the most part find in my book (which I will deliver you at our departing) then subtract the smaller number of Longitude and Latitude out of the greater, and with the difference of Longitude and Latitude, do in this manner. First if the Longitude of the place unto which you travel be greater than that from which you depart, entering into the higher part of the Quadrate (and toward the left hand under this title, the greater longitude) you shall seek out in degrees and minutes, this difference. And do in like manner in the lower part of the table directly under it, & this difference so found out, apply a thrid, or ruler, to the number found in the higher part of the Quadrat, & also in the lower part. Spou. But & if the Longitude of the place unto which I travel, be less, than that from which I depart shall I not then account the difference of Longitude from the middle Line, toward the right hand? Ph. You must so do, but now as touching the difference in Latitude of the two places, if the pole of the place (unto which you direct your ship) be greater, than the Pole of the place, from which you losen then accounting from the middle line upward, under this title, the greater Latitude, & in like case toward the right hand, then draw and extend a third, or apply a rulers, unto this number of latitud, & where the. ij. thrides or rulers cross one an other, there make à mark for it is the place which you desire. Spou. But where shall be placed the port from which I must departed? Phil. In the Centre, or mids of the Quadrat. So that if you apply a ruler from the Centre of the Quadrate, unto th'intersection of the two thrides or rulers, it shallbe manifest what point or wind, you must use, until you have finished your course. Spoud. But admit the longitudes be not truly observed, & so I shallbe deceived, how shall I know when we have sailed the differences in longitude of these ij. places? Phil. That you may at all times without difficulty bring to pass, by finding out the height of the pole: which you may do in the day, by the height of the son, at midday, or on the night, by some fixid Star: or (that star which Shipmen call) the Lode Star. Spou. How may I know the form of this load star? Phil. Because the form of it shall much better make you know it, than th'use of many words, behold here the Figure following, in which you shall see the configuration both of the Pole Arctic, and also Antarctick. And now again to our former talk: having the height of the Pole found out by instrument, you shall enter into the Quadrat with this number, finding out the Latitude, from the midline, upward or downward, as before it was declared: & apply a ruler unto the same place, noting diligently where this ruler, toucheth the line which was drawn from the centre, unto the intersection of the difference of Longitude and Latitude first taken. Then account the like number in the difference of Longitude, that you did of Latitude, and applying the ruler there unto, it shall show plainly the longitude of that present place, like as the line from the centre, do certainly declare the cost of the world. A. I●… the south Pole, D. C. th'Equi noctiall. ●…. the north. Spou. This seemeth to have a singular use in rectifying the longitudes of places. Now that, which here is spoken▪ toucheth only th'exact course (and as it were) the path, in which we must sail. But if great winds, How to know in what place they are, being driven from their course. tempests, and storms arise, so that we are utterly driven from our course, tossing up and down, the Seas, how may I know, in what Parallel, and Climate, we are, that thereby we may come again to our right course. Fol. 77. 78. Phil. That shall you do by the help of the Table of Climates, & Parallels, in the second book, & by the Elevation of the Pole, the finding of which I have so often set forth, that I am ashamed to make thereof any more mention. Spou. Then you will that having the height thereof, I shall enter into that table of Climates, & seek there the elevation, & directly against it, I shall find the name of the Parallels, & Climates. Phil. You do rightly understand my meaning. And these things parfaitly kept in memory, & put in practice, when as occasion shall be ministered: there are not many other things in this business requisite. Wherefore, seeing that I have satisfied your request, in all such things as you at our first days meeting desired, I think it a convenient place, at this time to make an end touching this Argument of cosmography, geography, & Navigation. And therefore departed with me, & you shall receive the Book, which I promised, containing in it the Longitudes, & Latitudes of the famous Regions, Countries, Cities, Towns, villages, & such like, as are placed on the face of th'Earth. And when you find any other doubts, either in this Art, or any other belonging to my profession, if you do to me resort, I will therein willingly help you to my power. Spoud. I thank you most heartily, & thus have I kept you (for my utilities sake) from your urgent, and necessary business, this long season, & that without receiving at my hand again any recompense. But sense I can not do herein what my good will is, I shall refer the whole unto God, who plenteously rewardeth the good traveles of every man. THE fifth BOOK OF THE COSMOGRAPHICAL GLASS, IN WHICH the parts of th'earth, particularly (according to the late observations of Cosmographers in our age) are exactly described. With the Longitudes and Latitudes of Regions, Provinces, Islands, Cities, Towns, Villages, Hills: also the commodities of every Country, the natures of th'inhabitants, Laws, Rights, and Customs, with divers other things coincident to the same. PERCHANCE, there may arise sundry sycophants (reading this my labour following) which will not let to accuse me of arrogancy, in that I take this part in hand, sense Ptolomaeus that famous King hath of that argument left to us his Geography. Unto whom I answer, confessing me not worthy to kiss his footsteps, aswell for the majesty of his person, when he lived, as also for his excellent Learning, Science, & diligence. But seeing the hougienesse of the labour, did far transcend not only his, but all so the diligence of any one man (having none other beginning than he had) he is to be excused, though he have not expressed throughout his hole work the true situation of places. For as touching this part it is requisite, either to travel much himself, or else to take observations of the most learned, which dwell in the Regions, for which he will wright. But th'other part of his labours touching the heavenly motions (because remaining in one place) he might behold the Heavens, turning and showing themselves, he hath most exactly not only laid the foundation, but also brought it to perfect end, as the noble Almegist doth testify. But as touching this my book of Longitudes and Latitudes, I have for the chief places of England used both my friends travails, and also mine own observations. And where as any place is taken out of Ptolomaeus, that shall you find noted with a starre*. In which also this I have diligently observed (having. vi. sundry examples and Copies) that where the most part of them agree, that I have only used. Also in describing other Regions, I have followed th'observations of th'inhabitants. As in France, I have used authors, which are French men: For Spain, Spaniards: in Germany in like case Germans: And in the late found Islands, such as do of them most probably treat. Moreover, I have for the most part, placed to every City, Town, & port, two names, th'one Latin for the community of the tongue, th'other as it is properly of th'inhabitants named. And if I shall not exactly for the difficulty of the work in all places express the perfit Longitudes & Latitudes: Thou must herein pardon me (friendly Reader) for the cause alleged, & also take this in good part, saying no man (Ptolomaeus except) hitherto have in all parts set out so large, & ample a work. But now I will commit it to thy discretion & judgement. A PERTICULER DESCRIPTION OF Europe: Which in our days containeth Christendom and part of Turkey. seeing that th'earth environed, and compassed with the mighty Ocean seas, seemeth as it were an Island: th'ancient Geographers (for the better avoiding confusion in the describing of the face of the earth (divided it into. iij. parts, Europe, Africa and Asia. As for the fourth part, which is called America or the new world, was unto them unknown. Therefore at this present, minding to follow the same order, I will first begin with Europe. This part was so called as histories do witness, of an amiable Lady called Europa being daughter to King Aginor, whom jupiter (being ravished with her beauty) espying among a company of other virgins, playing by the sea side carried away out of Africa, sailing through the Pontic Seas until he came into Crete. This story the Poëtes in this wise do recite, how that jupiter turned into a white Bull, did cari her on his back thorough the seas into Crete, which bull was no other thing than that in their Ensigns, & Flags, the Cretentians navy bore the white Bul. This part of th'erth is pleasantly separated from afric, by the middle earth Seas, which is so named of sundry Nations, that it nourisheth. It is also parted from Asia, by the notable River Tanais, which from the North parts with great violence runneth into Ponte Euxine. The Heavens in this part giveth temperateness of Aëre: th'Earth flowing with abundance of all things necessary for man's use. As Grains, Fruits, Fish, Fowl, Oils, Wines, Cattles, Metals, & such like. The nature of the people more civil, frindlyke, wise, learned, & apt unto wars than they of Africa, & Asia. And although it may seem much inferior to them, if you do consider the bigness, & quantity: yet in the commodities to it belonging, it shallbe to either of them equivalent. moreover it is beautified with pleasant Islands, adorned with notable Rivers, & finally garnished with innumerable Cities, Towns, Fortresses, & villages. The length (by direct distance from the uttermost confines, & borders of Spain, unto Constantinople in Graece the furthest place East of all Europe) containeth after Ptolomaeus mind 2200. English miles: the breadth of it to be somewhat lesser Ptolomaeus affirmeth. Notwithstanding, if you reckon the Septentrion all Regions, which ware to Ptolomaeus unknown, as Sueulande, Gothlande, Norway, & other such, you shall well perceive the Latitude to exceed the length of the same. There are also in Europe many particular Regions, as England, Irlande, scotland, Spain, France, Germany, Italy, Polande, Unlgarie, Denmark, Graece, & diverse, unto the number (as Ptolomaeus affirmeth) of 34. Of which severally I will set out the notable Cities & towns, mountains, & rivers, beginning with Irland first, as Ptolomaeus doth in his Geography. OF IRLANDE. IRland is an Island very fertile, subject to the Crown of England: In it there are great plenty of wolves, red Alum, sea Cole, also mines of gold, & silver, & in sundry pla ces Pearls are found. It bringeth forth very many herbs necessary for the health of man. It is free from Uenomous beasts, & Worms, as Ranny, Toad, Edder, Snack, swift, or such like. The people are savage, wild, & beastly, they are given to sorcery, superstition, & witchcraft: their shirts, & smokes are saffroned, they go with long Mantils, Their weapons in battle are Darts, & swords, which are brodest at the point: their musical Instruments in battle, are Bagpipes. They delight in many coloured fring. They are great drinkers of Aqua vitae (which is there only medicine.) They live unto 60. 70. And (as I here) unto 90. years. The longitude of it, is supposed to be 280. En glishe miles, & the breadth, 92. miles. The mids of this Island hath in longitude, & latitude. 7. 0. 57 0. The chief places are * The north ꝓmontorie. 13. 0. 61. 0 * Venicnium promontory. 12. 50. 61. 20. Reba. 6. 40. 57 20. Lamon. 7. 5. 56. 30 S. Patrick's Purgatory 6. 42. 58. 50 * Diviline. Eblana. 14. 0. 59 0 There are joining unto Irlande, five Islands called Ebudae, but of Pliny, Haebu des. Of which that which is most west, is called properly * ●…buda. 15. 10. 62. 0 That which is most East. * Ebuda. 15. 20. 62. 0 Ricnea. 17. 0. 62. 0 Maleos. 17. 30. 65. 10 Epidium 18. 30. 62. 0 Also on th'east part of Irlande, are these Islands. * Monarina 17. 40. 61. 30 * Th'Il●… of Man 15. 0. 57 20 * Adros', a desert. 15. 0. ●…9. 20 Limnus, a desert. 15. 0. 59 0 OF ENGLAND. ENglande the most famous and plentiful Island in all the Earth of Ptolomaeus called Albion, afterward Britamnia secunda: Because that in the days of Ptolomaeus, Scotland & it were accounted for one Island, It is environed about with th'ocean Seas, not much unlike to a Triangle in shape: it hath on th'East part of it, Germany, on the South East, France, on the West, Ireland, & on the North, the 30. Islands, called Orchney. Of England, both of the finding of it first, & also of the particular description, hereafter, I shall more largely speak (if God grant life.) At this time, I intent but only to set out the Longitude, & Latitude of the chief Cities, & Towns, as here followeth. * bath, Aquae calidae. 17. 30. 53. 40 * Banger, Ganganotum. 15. 30. 57 30. Berwicke. Tuesis. 17. 0. 56. 50 * Bodnam. Voliba. 14. 50. 52. 20 Bedforde. 21. 0. 52. 0. Bukhingham. 25. 0. 52. 50 Bury. 22. 20. 52. 0 Calais. Caletum. 25. 10. 51. 40. Caenrleil. Caturactonium 19 30. 58. 0 Caëmarden. Maridunum 15. 30. 54. 40 Cambridge, à University flourishing with all kind of good letters. 21. 30. 52. 0 Canterbury. 22. 10. 51. 10 Chester. Vsellum. 18. 30. 52. 10 * Chichestre. Naeomagus. 19 43. 53. 35. Colchestre. Camulodanum. 21. 0. 51. 40 Coventrie. 20. 0. 52. 0 Derby. 20. 0. 54. 10 * dye. Deva, a river. 17. 0. 60. 0 Doncaster. Devana. 18. 30. 55. 0 * Doram. Dunum Sinus. 20. 45. 57 30. Elye, an isle. 21. 36. 52. 16 Excestre. Isca. 17. 30 52. 15 gloucester. 18. 0. 54. 30 Harforde 20. 0. 52. 50 Humber. Abus, a river. 21. 0. 56 30. Huntingdon. 21. 0. 53. 20 hull. 21. 10. 54. 34 Kirkby. Olicana. 19 0. 57 30 Lancastre 19 0. 55. 0 leicester. 19 40. 52. 50 Lincoln. Lindum. 18. 20. 55 10. London of Ptolomaeus called Londinium, is the chief & principal city of all th'island, it is exceeding populous, it is inhabited with men of every faculty, it was builded before Rome. 420. year, before the reign of Alexander the great. 811. years, & before Christ our saviours incarnation 1136. so that from the first building of it, the years are 2735. And whereas Cities through process of time do come to ruin & decay: this City contrariwise do more and more beautify and increase. the Longitude & Latitude. 19 52. 51. 30. Manchester. Mediolanium. 16. 45 56. 40. S. Micha●…ls mount. 12. 0. 51. 30 New Castle. Orrea. 19 20 58. 55 North Hampton. 21. 0. 52 15 Norwiche an healthful & pleasant City, having a fair River called Yerus, ronning thorough it, which cometh out of the seas, from Yermouthe cost. It is much subject to fires, which have not a little hindered the beauty thereof. The picture of it you shall find lively set out in the first book: the longitude & Latitude. 22. 30. 52. 10.. Notyngham. Hrate. 18. 0. 55. 30. Oxenford called (of Pto lomaeus) Caleva à nourish of learning, and a famous university it is in Longitude & Latitude. 19 0. 51. 50. Penbrouch. 16. 0. 53. 40 Peterborough. 21. 0. 53. 20 Portsmouth, 19 0. 51. 20 Richmunde 19 0. 55. 20 Sandwich. 21. 45. 54. 0 Salisbury. 19 0. 51. 50 Severne, a river. 17. 20. 54. 30 Sudburie. 21. 20. 51. 55 Winchester. 21. 30. 50. 15 Wight, an Island. 19 20 52. 20 Yermouth. 22. 20. 52. 20. York. 19 0. 54. 20 Ypswich. 22. 0. 52. 40 Tynemouth. 24. 0. 58. 30 Tenet, an Island. 23. 0. 54 20. OF scotland. SCotland being reckoned of Ptolomaeus, but for part of Albion is parted by two arms of the seas, which meet not from England. Th'east arm begin about. ij. miles from the minster of Eburcuring: the west arm on the right side, a strong City Aclynd (which in the british tongue, was called the River Clynt. The chief cities, & towns, are these following. S. Andrew's. 16. 40. 57 55. Dunber. Varer 17. 0. 59 30. Dundie. 19 20. 59 30 Dunkel. 19 20. 58. 0 Edenbrugh called Alata castra is the chief City in all scotland. 17. 15. 59 20 Saint john's 15. 40. 59 15 Also the mids of the 30. Islands adjacent to Scotland, called Orchney. 30. 0. 61. 40 OF ISLAND. ISland called of Ptolo. Thyle, is an island subject to the king of Denmark: it is full of marvelous things to behold. Among which there are iij. mountains of an incredible height: the tops of which are continually covered with snow. The first mountain is called Helga: the second, the mount of the Cross: the third, Hecla, which continually (like to the mountain Aetna) doth burn, casting with violence (as it were out of a Gun) great stones from it. And this fire can not by water be quenched, & that which is to be wondered, although the fire be marueylus great, & of force, by reason of the Sulphur, yet hay straw, or read, is not of it consu med. Sulphur is there so plentiful that you may for the 4. part of â ducat, have a thousand weight. There are also 4. Fountains of a diverse nature, & quality. The first, if you cast in a stick, man, beast, or what soeverit be, it turneth it presently into a stone, yet it retaineth the natural form still. The second is of an intolerable could. The third is much sweeter than Honey, & most pleasatly assuageth dryness. The fourth is Pestilent, Poisonable, & deadly. When as the Son is in the beginning of Cancer, it is continual day with them, & when he is in Capricorn, also continual night, & darkness. They are a simple people, & hold the the faith of Christ. They have no king, but all obey the Bishop as their king. Their merchandise are Fish, wadmoll, & sulphur. There are found Falcons, Sperhaulkes, Crows, Bears, & Wolves, both white & black. Round about this Island, for the space of 6. or 7. months, th'ice swimmeth, making a miserable sound, & noise, so that th'inhabitants suppose that in the mount Hecla, & in this Ice, the souls of men & women, are tormented. The fro sen, & congelid Seas begin at this Island. It is now much travailed to of english men, & Danes, & that in the Summer only, because of the horrible cold, & abundance of Ise. The mids of this Island 7. 0. 65. 30. Harsol, a City 7. 40. 60. 42 Thirtes, a City. 5. 50. 64. 44 Nadir, a City. 6. 40. 57 20 OF CORSICA. COrsica, an Island whose chief places are Istria. 30. 30. 40. 15 Mariana. 30. 10. 40. 20 Nebia. 31. 0 40. 40 Aleria. 31. 35. 40. 20 SICILIA. SIcilia, an Island. Palerna. 35. 30. 36. 10 Marsara. 35. 20. 35. 30 Gergentum. 36. 20. 35. 10 Terminae. 35. 55. 36. 5 Pula. 36. 0. 36. 0 Siracusae, 37. 20. 35. 30 Catava. 37. 40. 36. 0 Messina. 38. 0. 36. 40 Aetna, the burning hill. 37. 10. 35. 20 20. OF THE CHIEF Cities, & towns, in th'island of Sardinia. Sardoes. 30. 20. 38. 58 Galea. 29. 40. 37. 50 Argetara. 29. 30. 36 30 Arestana. 29 45. 36. 50 Aquilastrum. 31. 20. 37. 30 Cambonara. 31. 30 36. 30 Stira. 30. 30. 36. 40 OF TH'islands called Maiorica, & Minoria. MAiorica, & Minorica, be Islands adjacent to Spain, & Maiorica containeth in Longitude, & Lat. 17. 40. 38. 30 Minorica. 20. 0. 39 0 GADIRA AN Island. GAdira, which is also called the Gades, in the west Ocean under 5. digr. 30. 34. 0. EUBOEA, AN Island. EUboea, now called Nigropont: Is an Island to Achaia joining. 54. 0. 38. 0. CRETA, AN Island. CR●…ta, now called Candie, an Island famous. 55. 0. 35. 20. CYCLADES. CYclades, are Islands about Delos. 56. 10. 37. 20 SPORADES Islands. THese Islands are also joining to Delos, they lie scattered about in the seas, of them read Plinius lib. 4. capite. xii. their Longitude, & Latitude. 56 10. 37. 20 Thus endeth the particular description of the chief islands in Europe. OF SPAIN. SPain as it appeareth in the Table thereof in Ptolomaeus geography, it compassed about with the seas, except it be in that part which toucheth France, and is parted from France by the Pyrenean mountains. And it is the first Region, West betwixt Africa & France. It bringeth fourth such abundance of pleasant fruits, that it serveth not only the necessity of itself, but also of Italy and divers other parts. They do not boil their salt, as they do in Selande, but dig it out of th'Earth. The men go all for the most part in short cloaks, and commonly black. This Region in time paste, was divided into five Kingdoms, that is to say, Gallicia, Navarra, Castille, Catalonia, unto which is joined Aragonie, Portugal & Granate. Of which we will particularly touch the chief Cities, & towns, beginning with Castilia, whose principal Cities, & Towns are. Tolet, where the famous king Alfonsus made his astronomical Tables, containing the moving of the heavenly Bodies. 10. 49. 37. 0 Salamanca 7. 20. 38. 20 Valeria now called Concha. 11. 34 43. 5. Alcala de Enares. 10. 20. 41. 40 Logronyo. 12. 10. 44. 0 Valladolit. 10. 10. 42. 0 GALLITIA. Compostella, where S. james is 7. 0. 42. 15. Lands end. 4. 23. 44. 2 Almoisa. 4. 40. 44. 45 Bilbao 11. 45. 45. 25 Fontarrabie 13. 13. 44. 15 S. Sebastianus 15. 30. 45. 5 NAVARRE. Pompelon 13. 15. 42. 0 Vaganna 12. 15. 43. 0 CATHALONIA. New Carthage 15. 57 38. 0 Tarragone 16. 12. 41. 0 Gerona 17. 42. 42. 12 Barsalona 17. 0. 41. 35 Valentia 14. 38. 36. 10 ARRAGONIE. Sarragossa 13. 45. 41. 45 Burges. 10. 33. 42 48 PORTUGAL. Lysbona 5. 0. 36. 40 Portugallo 4 56. 41. 35 Arcobriga 5. 40. 36. 35 Badaioz 5. 20. 39 0 Cabo de. S. Vincentio. 2. 32. 38. 15 Braga 6. 0. 43. 40 S. Maria de Guadalupe. 8 30. 39 30 GRANATE. Granate 8. 34. 34. 20 Hispalis. 5. 42. 37. 0. Corduba 7. 4. 37. 50 Calpe, both one of the Pillars of Hercules, & also a mountain called at this day Gilbalter where the straight is named Zibalter. 7. 30. 36. 15 Vama 6. 15. 38. 25 Malaga 8. 50. 37. 30 OF france. FRaunce being separated from Spain, by the Pyrenean Moun taines followeth next. It is parted from England, by the English Seas. It containeth many dukedoms. It is garni shed with pleasant Cities, & towns, of which I will set out the principal: beginning with the west part first. NARBONAHATH▪ Vienna. 26. 0. 45. 0 Ebredunum. 28. 8. 43. 30 Briansonum. 28. 30. 45. 0 Gratianoposis. Granoble. 27. 0. 45 30. Tarantasia. 29. 0. 45. 0 Gebenae. 28. 0. 45. 45 Mauriana. 28. 30. 44. 30 Vapincum. 27. 15. 43. 30 Dinia. 27. 35. 43. 5. Valentia. 26. 0. 44. 10 Romonum. 26. 0. 44. 30 Sistarica. 26. 45. 43. 20 Vivarium 25. 45. 43. 45. Aurasicum 26. 30. 43. 30 Auinio. 25. 45. 43. 15 Carpentorate 26. 5. 43. 15 Tritastra 25. 45. 43. 0 Arelatum. Arles. 25. 50. 42. 45 Massillia. 26. 30. 42. 5 Tollona. 27. 30. 42. 0 Barcellonna. 28. 30. 43. 15 AQVITANIA. Burdigala. 18. 0. 44. 30 Baiona. 17. 30. 44. 30 Vasaticum. 18. 15. 44. 0 Tarba. 19 15. 42. 15 Lorona. 18. 10. 42. 0 Lebretum. 18. 30. 43. 10 Auscus. 20. 15. 43. 0 Lombarium 21. 20. 42. 40 Tholossa. 22. 10. 42. 50 Rinum. 21. 45. 42. 15 Conserana. 22. 15. 41. 50 S. Pontius. 23. 0. 42. 15 Narbona. 23. 30. 42. 0 Agata. 24. 0. 42. 10 Mirapiscae 22. 45. 42. 15 Lodeva. 23. 45. 42. 50 Beserium. 23. 30. 42. 20 Mons pessulanus, Monpeleier. 24 30. 42. 50. Astrericum. 23. 0. 43. 0 Vabra. 23. 15. 42. 45 Varinum. 22. 15. 43. 15 Albia. 22. 30. 43. 40 Montalbanum. 21. 30. 43. 30 Cadurcum. 22. 0. 44. 0 Rhodium. 23. 15. 43. 30 S. Florus. 23. 30. 44. 0 Anicium. Lepny. 24. 30. 44. 15 CELTICA GALLIA. Lugdunum, lions. 26. 0. 45. 15 Nivernium. 24. 0. 46. 40. Lamovica. 21. 30. 45. 45 Petragoricum 21. 15. 44. 40 Engolisma 20. 30. 44. 50 Xantona 19 0. 45 0 Luxiona 18. 30. 46. 30 Nanetum 18. 15. 47. 15 Rhedona 17. 30. 48. 10 Turonia Tours. 20. 15. 47. 30 Aurelia orleans 22. 0. 47. 30 Constantiae 18. 40. 49. 35 Lutetia Parisiorum. Paris the head City of all France in which is a flourishing university, the fame where of is spread through all Europe. 23. 30. 48. 40. Seno. 24. 0. 47. 45 Cathalanum 25. 30. 48. 30 Lingo 26. 30. 47. 30 GALLIA BELGICA. Rothomagus, Rouen. 21. 30. 49. 30 Catalaunum, Chaalon 21. 30. 48. 30 Rettena. Rethe. 22. 26. 49. 0 germany. GErmany, the most ample, & large Region in in all Europe, sometime divided from france, by the Rhine: from the Pannonians by the river Danuby, & from Sarmatia & Denmark, by mountains, & Hills, & in all other parts having th'Ocean Seas. But in our days, it exten- itself more largely. It may compare at this time with Spain, France, or Italy, in commodities to it belonging. For it is beautified with most plea saunt Cities, Towns, & Castles, it hath great woods, abundance of fruits, & hills replenished with plentiful Vines. There are also these famous, & healthful rivers, the Rhine, Danuby, Moganus, Albis, Neccarus, Sala, Odera, with divers other. It is parted into the hire Germany & into the lower, of which we will first set out the princi palls cities and Towns. Seelande, an Island the furthest confines of Germany the mids of it, in Longitud, & Latitude. 25. 0. 52. 0. Middlebourgh. 25. 26. 51. 48 holland. Traiectum, Vtrick. 27. 15. 52. 20. BRABANT. ANtuerpia, Antwerpen, the noblest Town in all Europe. 26. 36. 51. 28 Louvain, a university. 20. 36 50. 59 Bruxella▪ brussel 20. 16. 51. 28 Mechlinia Machelen 20. 20. 51. 15 Lira. Liere 20. 24. 51. 21 FLANDERS. Gandawm Ghent 25. 30. 51. 15 Bruge brugge 24. 30. 51. 20 Tornacum. Tornay 25. 15. 50. 10 PICARDY. Ambianum Amiens 16. 40. 49. 49 S. jodocus 16. 52. 52. 0 Samarobriga 22. 20. 52. 10 LUCENBURGE. Lucenburgum 25. 30. 50. 0 Creutznacum Creutz 24. 34. 50. 2 Sarbruccum. Sarbruck 23. 47. 49. 16 Key serluterna 24. 44. 49. 22 GULICH. Bonna bonne 23. 23. 50. 47 juliacum Gulich 22. 44. 51. 8 Leo dium Ludich 21. 48. 50. 51 Aquisgranum Achen 28. 45. 50. 55 GELDRIA. Geldria Gheldere 23, 48. 51 42 CLEVIA. Clevis. Cleff. 22. 6. 52. 0 HELVETIA. s. Gallus 27. 6. 47. 8. Constantia 26. 43. 47. 30 Tigurum Zurch 26. 36. 46. 48 Badena Baden 25. 16. 48. 44 Lucerna 26. 0. 46. 34 Friburgum 37. 30. 51 50 Berna 24. 18. 46. 25 ALSATIA. Colmaria 24. 3. 48. 12 selestadium schletstad. 24. 6. 48. 22 Caesarmontanum Key sersperg. 23 48. 48. 14 Hagenoia Hagenau 24. 36. 49. 7 CITIES OF BASSE germany. Colonia Agrip 29. 45. 51. 0 Campena Kampen 28. 30. 52. 50 Confluence, commonly called Coblentz, where two fair rivers the Rhine, & mosel mete. 30. 15. 50. 20 Andernachum Andernacke. 30. 0. 50. 25. CITIES, AND Towns of high Germany. MAguntia, Mentz, the bishops seat. At this City was th' Art of Printing first found (by john Faustus) in the year of Christ our saviour. 1453. The Lon. & lati. 31. 15. 50. 0 Wormatia, worms. 31. 30. 49. 40 Spira Spier 31. 30. 49. 15 Argentina, Strausborough a notable city, in which john Sturmius, & D. Sevenus excellent Orators flourished 1559 30. 15. 48. 45. Basilia. Basile 29. 45. 47. 45 Schathusa 28. 0. 47. 28 Curia chur. 32. 0. 47. 30 Vesalia 26. 20. 51. 30 Francofordia 31. 40. 50. 10 Curia 32 0. 47. 30 Marburgum 32. 10. 51. 0 Bremen 32. 10. 53. 40 Heydelbergun, called Heydelberge, is a flourishing University, maintained by the Palsgrave, by it there runneth the river Neccarus: there flourished 1559 in Physic, D. john Langius, the Prince's Physician, jacob Curio, Thomas Erastus, Petrus Lotichius Secundus, all Doctors in Physic: And D. Balduinus the Reader of the Civil Lector, with divers others, of whom I was very gently entertained at the time of my Commensment. 32. 0. 49. 30. ulme's 33. 0. 48. 30 Herbipolis wirtzpurgk 33. 30. 50. 0 Amberga 34. 0. 47. 15 Augusta 34. 0. 48. 15 Brunsuiga 34. 40. 52. 40 Ingolstadium 34. 45. 48. 30 Hamburgum 34. 0. 54. 30 Limeburgum 34. 45. 5. 45 Ratisbona 35. 40. 49. 0 Erdfordia 35. 0. 51. 10 Lubecum 35. 20. 54. 50 Liptzigum 36. 30. 51. 30 Magdaburge 36. 10. 54. 50 Salisburgum 36. 30. 47. 30 Brandenburgum 37. 20. 52. 40 Rostochium 37. 10. 54. 36 Misna 37. 20. 51. 50 Peurbachium 37. 35. 48. 15 Berlinum 38. 30. 52. 50 Praga 38. 20. 50. 6 Gripsualdia. 38. 55. 54. 20 Vratislavia 41. 20. 51. 5 Gran 42 50. 47. 15 Posna 42. 0. 52. 45 Buda 43. 0. 46. 50 Lonreth 43. 20. 52. 30 Thorn 43. 30. 53. 30 Cracovia 44. 30. 50. 15 Mons Regius 49 0. 45. 0 Dantiscum 46. 0. 54. 55 Caralostadium 33. 25. 50. 0 Noribergum 34. 40. 49. 30 Munster 32. 0. 52. 5 Witenberga 32. 10. ●…3. 40 MOSCOVIA. Moscovia is a long & ample Region, the people miserable, suspicious, & crafty, the chief city of their Empirour is also called Moskava. 69. 0. 57 0. Thither sailed out of England. 1553 Chancellor, & divers other. The nature of th'inhabitants, commodities of the country, & a perfit description of all the parts of the same you shall see at large set out by Sigismunde Liber baron etc. ILLIRIA, AND Dalmatia. I Lliria, which is called Lyburnia, hath on the North parts Pannonia, on the west Istria, on the South the Venice seas, & on th'East Dalmatia the chief Cities, & towns are Sara 40. 5. 44. 9 Stridona the country of Saint Jerome 42. 20. 43. 20 Flavona 37. 0. 44. 45 DALMATIA. Ragusia 45. 0. 42. 20 sibinicum 43. 0. 43. 20 scutara 45. 30. 41. 30 saloniana 45. 0. 43. 20 Durazo 45. 55. 40. 55 ITALY, AND LOMbardie. Brundisium 41. 0. 39 30 Tarentum 40. 30. 39 15 salernum 37. 20. 39 30 Naplis 38. 50. 39 55 Capua 36. 40. 40. 5 Aquilea 36. 40. 41. 10 Roma, à City famous through all th'Earth. 36. 40. 42. 0 Sena 34. 10. 42. 0 Florence 34. 15 42. 45 Viterbia 35. 0. 41. 15 Pisa 33. 0. 42. 15 Luca 33. 30. 42. 45 Ancona 36. 40. 42. 30 Bononia 33. 30. 43. 40 Rhavennae 35. 0. 43. 15 Farraria 34. 10. 43. 50 Parma 32. 30. 43. 50 Verona 34. 0. 44. 25 Venice 35. 30. 44. 45 Padua 35. 0. 44. 45 Mantua 33. 10. 44. 10 Vincentia 34. 39 44. 20 Cremona 32. 45. 44. 20 Placentia 32. 30. 44. 20 Milan 31. 45. 44. 15 Tortona 31. 30. 44. 0 Genua 31. 30. 43. 15 Taurinum 30. 40. 43. 45 Nisa 29. 30. 42. 40 Secusia 29. 45. 44. 0 Grassa 29. ●…0. ●…2. ●…5 Albinga 3●…. 40. 42. 5●… Vercellae 30. 30. 44. 30 Novaria 30. 15. 45. 0 A PERTICULER DEscription of Grece, and first of Macedonia. MACEDONIA. MAcedonia hath on the north part Thracia & the hire Misnia: on the West, the Venetian seas: on the south parts Epirus and Achaia: On the East the Seas called Egius Pe lagus. The principal Cities, & towns of it are Thessalonica, now Salonica the seat of the chief Bishop of the Philippians, unto whom S. Paul wrote two Epistles, the first from Athenis, the second from Laodicia the chief bishopric of Phrygia, where also S. Paul preached the Gospel. 49. 50. 41. 0 Apollonia 45. 6. 40. 10 Aulon 44. 50. 39 56 Bullis 45. 0. 39 45 Arethusa 50. 10. 41. 0 Panormus 54. 404. 1. 0 Hadrianopolis 50. 55. 40. 55 Ampelus 51. 15. 40. 30 Iöleos 51 3. 39 15 Demetrias 50. 30. 38. 56 Larissa 51. 20. 38. 50 Thebae Thebes 51. 10. 38. 30 Arnissa 45. 20. 40. 40 Elima 45. 40. 39 40 Amantia 46. 0. 39 40 Albenopolis 46. 0. 41. 0 Europus 46. 30. 41. 20 Apsalus 46. 20. 41. 5 Parocopolis 48. 40. 41. 40 Amphipolis 50. 0. 41. 30 Philippis a City where the great Alexander was born, and from this City S. Paul sent his second Epistle to the Galatians. 50. 45. 41. 45 Heraclia 47. 40. 41. 30 EPIRUS WHOSE chief places are Nicopolis 47. 30. 38. 30 Cassiopa 47. 0. 38. 45 Ambracia: larta. 48▪ 8 38. 20 ACHAIA, WHOSE chief places are Athenae sometime the fountain and wellspringe of all good letters, hear did Plato and Aristotle teach, it is now destroyed. 52. 45. 37. 15 Megaris 52. 15. 37. 30 Peloponesus. Morea. 51. 10. 37, 30 Modonam. 48. 30. 26. 0 Parnassus, a mount. 50. 20. 38 0 Helicon the holy Hill of the Musis, at the foot, whereof is a fountain of the hoof of Pegasus foot. 51. 0. 37. 45 Pythia, the place where Apollo gave Oracles. 50. 30. 37. 45 Constantinople, sometime a city under the Christian Em pire, but now the chief seat of Solymanus th'Emperor of Turks, which he won. 1453. 56. 0. 43. 5. Corinthe, the bishops seat in Achaia. Hither sent S. Paul two Epistles, the first from Philippis, à city in Ma cedonie by Stephan, fortunatus, & Achaicus: The second Epistle by Titus, & Luke. 51. 15. 36. 55 Stymphalus. 50. 20. ●…6. 20 Thus endeth the particular description of Europe. A PARTICULAR DESCRPTION OF AFRICA. AFRICA, which also in Greek is named 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is the second part & portion of th'Earth. And was first so called of jupiters' daughter bearing that name. But Festus saith it came of the quality of th'air, in that country, deriving it of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, as who should say, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is, without horror of coldness: other affirm that it took name of Afer, one of the pòsteritie of Abraham, which overcoming his enemies, remained in this part. It beginneth at Gaditanum Fretum (a narrow straight coming out of th'Ocean into the middle Earth Seas, & have Spain on the north shore, & the moor on the South) And it doth end at the Egyptian Seas. On the North it have the middle Earth seas, on the south shore the great Ocean, on th'East the sea, which stretch almost to the middle earth seas. Africa is divided into two parts by the hill Atlas, of which the lesser extendeth to the middle Earth seas: the greater part goeth beyond this hill unto the south Ocean. The greater part of it is not inhabited for two causis: one is for th'extreme heat, being under the burning zone, the Son draweth all the moister of th'earth from it, so that for want of water no man can there live. The second is for the innumerable multitude of venamous worms, & wild beasts, which are naturally enemies unto mankind. As the Lion, the Elephant, the Tiger, & such like. Also, Dragons, Chrocodile, Cockatrice, & sundry other venomous Worms, in such sort that th'inhabitants are compelled to put on boats, for better avoiding their sting, & poison. The part that is inhabited, is fruitful enough. The people black, Savage, Monstrous, & rude: yet in those countries, cities, & towns where the Spaniards, Portugals, Italians, & other do frequent, the people are somewhat more civil, modest, & reasonable. divers also (yea right grave authors) make mention of certain deformed that dwell in afric, as men with dogs heads, called Cynocephali, some with one eye & that in the forehead, named Monoculi, others without heads, & their face in the breast, with divers such like which I sup pose rather fables then any truth. If you desire a longer descoure touching afric, her inhabitants, & commodities, read Strabo, in his 2. & 17. books. And also Plinius his 8. book, with divers other writers, which at large do hereof entreat, & now I will (following my order begun) set out the notable regions (which Ptolomaeus numbereth to be 12.) with their chief Cities, Towns, hills, & rivers, with in Africa: & first we will begin with Mauritania, which is divided into Mauritania Tingitana, & Mauritania Caesariensi. OF THE PRINCIPAL PLACES IN Tingitana or Barbarica Mauritania. Fez 10. 0. 30. 0 Tingis caesaria called commonly Tanger 6. 30. 35. 30 Abilis one of Hercules Pillars, is a hill against Calpe an other Hill in Spain 7. 50. 35. 40 Baba 8. 10. 34. 20 Banasa 6. 30. 34. 20 Septa 7. 30. 35. 55 Sala 6. 55. 34. 0 The Sons Mount 6. 45. 31 15 Benta 9 30. 33. 40 Dorath. 10. 10. 31. 15 Tamusida 7. 15. 34. 15 MAURITANIA CAesariensis. Apollo's promontory 15. 30. 33. 40 julia Caesaria. 17. 0. 33. 20 Tucca. 20. 0. 31. 30 Hippa. 20. 15. 29. 50 Lafoy Guardia. 12. 0. 34. 20 Cissa. Cerlel. 18. 45. 32. 10 IN afric THE less. Colops the greater. 27. 40. 32. 20 Colops the lesser. 29. 20. 32. 35 Hippon 30. 30. 32. 15 Utica, where Cato died, now called Bensert. 32. 0. 32. 45. Carthage. 34. 40. 31. 50 Clupea. 35. 0. 33. 20 Sabatra. 41. 0. 31. 0 Vsanum. 33. 15. 32. 20 Dabia 33. 0. 29. 40 NUMIDIA. Culuca. 28. 30. 31 0 Tucca 29. 30. 31. 20 Bizancina 37. 50. 30. 40 Capsa. 37. 30. 29 45 Calatha. 31. 0. 53. 40 Sabrata 41. 15. 30. 50 Ammon. 65. 30▪ 28. 0 Oasis the great. 59 20. 26. 55 MARMARICA. Alexandria. 60. 30. 31. 0 Memphis 62. 50. 29. 50 Cayrum 62. 15. 30. 0 Syene. 62. 15. 23. 50 LYBIA INTERIOR. Tagaza 7. 0. 15. 40 Tuchorora. 12. 30 16. 0 Tambutum 15. 30. 15. 40 MEROE. Meroe is an Island of Nilus, sometime called Saba, & now Elsaba, where S. Matthew did preach the Gospel. From hence came the queen of Saba, to here salomon's wisdom. From hence also came Candaces, the queens eunuch, which was baptized of Philip th'apostle. But at this present it is the seat of the mighty prince, that we call Preter john. 61. 30. 16. 25 QVIOLA. Quiola, or Cayla, is a region, in which great plenty of cinnamon grow, the chief cities are Hamaharica. 65. 0. 9 10 Masta. 67. 30. South Pole. 4 15 Beritis. 60. 40. 21. 31 Quiola. 76. 30. South pole. 7. 30 Sabath. 67. 30. 12. 30 Mombaza. 79. 0. South Pole. 6. 0. Melinda. 82. 30. 2. 0 Canuaquin. 80. 0. 9 50 Babel mendap. There are the straits of the red seas. 74. 50. 11. 0. OF CITIES OF Sundry Regions, in south Aethiopia. Goia 60. 50. South Pole. 19 50 Garma. 57 0 South Pole. 24. 0 Bali 70. 0. 21. 40 Meli 33. 0. 16. 30 OF THE NOTABLE Islands about Africa. Porto Sancto. 0. 35. 31. 30 Medera an Island, first inhabited of the Portugals, it aboundeth with Sugar, Honey, Wax, & sundry Herbs. 358. 40. 29. 50 The Canarian Islands being x. in numbered. 1. 30. 23. 30 S. Thomas Island. 32. 30. 0. 30 Madagascar, which is also called Saint Laurence Island, there the North Pole is not seen, & the needle in sailing will do no service. Therefore they are constrained to use Astro labes, & other Instruments. 85. 30. South Pole. 20. 0, Thus endeth the Description of Africa. OF ASIA THE third part of th'Earth. WHAT Asia is, and whereof it was first so called, there is no controversy. For all writers, as well Historiographers, as also Geographers, make it the iij. part of th'Earth, & to take that name of Asius, son to king Cotis. And although they call it the iij. part of th'Earth, yet it is not because it containeth but the third part, but because it is so divided by the seas, for of itself it is as much as Europe, & Africa, & containeth (after Ptolomaeus account) 48. Provinces. It is parted into Asia the greater, & Asia the lesser. notwithstanding divers writers use this word Asia the lesser, more largely than Geographers doth. For they call all that portion which is within the south shore of the pontic seas, & th'east seas Pelagus Aegeum, & the North part of our Ocean, & the West part of the River Euphrates to be Asia the lesser. Asia containeth in her circuit, Bythinia Pontus, the lesser Asia, Lycia, Galatia, Paphlagonia, Pamphilia, Capadocia, the lesser Armenia, & Cilicia. And all these after the manner of th'old Grecians, is comprehended within this one word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Anatolia, that is to say th'east plague or coast. Asia doth far excel both Europe and Africa. For it is so fruitful, hath so pleasant fields, such plenty of fodder & pasture, the heavens giving moisture to th'Earth in due season. It hath abundance of gold mines. It bringeth forth plenty of cinnamon, Ginger, Aloës, & divers aromatical spices, & Gums. There are diverse strange beasts bred in Asia, as Unicorns, camels, Liberdes, Mermosites, Mercattes, Grippes. Yet one thing is to them infortunate, that there are terrible & many Earthquakes, in so much that there have been x. & xii. Cities at one time subverted, & overthrown. Th'inhabitants are sundry, & divers: for some are Anthropophagi, which eat the flesh of men: & drink their blood. There are also Pygmeans (men but à cubit in height) which riding on Goats, & Rams, do keep war with Cranes. There are divers other forms of inhabitants recited of Plinius, which at this present I willingly overpass. The spirits in this country, by many illusions seek to bring travailers into dangers, sumtime by calling them by their names, other times by musical noise, as it were alluring them by the sweetness of the sound, until they be brought into danger through wild beasts. But now these things omitted, (which would make a great volume of themselves) I will briefly set out the chief & principal places of Asia▪ beginning with Pontus, & Bythinia. PONTUS AND Bythinia. Chalcedon. 56. 20. 43. 5 Olbia. 57 0. 42. 40 Nicode●…a 56. 0. 42. 40 Clauciopolis, where S. Luke di●… writ his Gospel, & the Acts of th'Apostles. 59 30. 42. 45. Nicaea, where the Nicene counsel was. 58. 0. 42. 15 Caesaria, smirdiana. 56. 40. 41. 40 Olympus, an Hill of which I spoke in the first book. 57 0. 41. 40. THESE following are properly called Cities of Asia. Lampsacus. 55. 20. 41. 25 Ilium, sometime called Troy now Ruinous. 55. 50. 41. 0 Dardanum, Dardanellun. 55. 25. 40. 5. Alexandria. 55. 25. 40. 40 Autandrus. 56. 30. 40. 20 Smyrna, the country where Homer was borne. 58. 25. 38. 25. Assum. 56. 30. 40. 15 Ephesus, the chief city in jonia, in which S. john wrote his gospel. 57 40. 3740 CITIES OF CARIA. Heraclea. 58. 50. 43. 30 Miletus 58. 0. 37. 0 Nysa 59 0. 38. 15 Antiochia. 59 30. 38. 20 Neapolis. 59 25. 38. 35 Trallis, which is also called Emanthia, at which place certain suppose Pygmeans inhabit. 58. 40. 38. 5 OF BOTH LYDIAS Philadelphia 59 0. 38. 50 Sardis 58. 20. 28. 15 Sala 60. 15. 38. 20 Sanis 61. 0 38. 20 Hierapolis 55. 20. 38. 15 Apamia 55. 30. 42. 0 CITIES OF LYCAOnia or Lycia. Carya 59 50. 35. 55 Patara 60. 30. 36. 0 Olympus a City 61, 30. 36. 10 Xanthus, Patara 60. 30. 36. 40 Migra 61. 0. 36. 45 CITIES OF GALAtia. Sinopa stala 63. 30. 43. 0 Pompeiopolis so called because Pompey builded it. 62. 0. 42. 0 Claudiopolis 63. 15. 42. 20 Ancyra 62. 40. 42. 0 Laodicaea 60. 15. 38. 40 OF PAMPHILIA. Olbia 62. 0. 36. 55 Magydis 62. 40. 36. 55 Seleusia 62. 0. 38. 30 Antiochia 62. 30. 39 0 CITIES OF DORIS. Alicarnassus 57 50. 36. 10 Cadmos an hill 59 40. 37. 40 Phoenix an hill 58. 0. 36. 30 Apollonia 57 0. 39 45 Pargamus, here was the noble Physician Galenus born, which made Physic perfaite, and expounds Hypocrates. 57 35. 39 45. CAPADOCIA. Trapezus Genech. 68 50. 43. 5 Sebastopolis. s. Greg. 66. 0 41. 20. Zama. 65. 0. 40. 45 Archelais. 64. 45. 39 40 Caesaria. Maza, here was Basilius magnus Bishop. 66. 30. 39 30 Derba. 64. 30. 38. 15 OF ARMENIA THE lesser. Satala. 96. 50. 42. 10 Nicopolis. 69. 20. 41. 40 Ispa. 70. 30. 40. 20 Camena. 68 0. 38 0 Claudia. 71. 0. 38, 45 CILICIA. Antiochia 64. 40. 36. 50 Agaeae 69. 0. 36, 30 Seleucia 66. 10. 36. 45 Tarsoes. S. Paul's country. 67. 40. 36. 50 Epiphania 69. 30. 36. 0 OF COLCHIS. Neapolis. Negapotimo. 71. 30. 45. 40. Geapolis 72. 0. 45. 30 Phasis 72. 30. 45. 0. Madia 74. 15 46. 15 OF IBERIA. Sura 75. 0. 45. 20. Zalissa 76. 0. 44. 40 Varica. 75. 20. 46. 0 ALBANIA PART of great Tertarye. Gelda. 83. 0. 46. 30 Albana, 81. 40. 45. 50 Bacchia. 77. 0. 44. 40 Baruca. 79. 20. 44. 40 ARMENIA THE greater. Lala. 76. 10. 44. 0 Brizaca 74. 50. 45. 30 Babila. 73. 15. 40. 45 Anarium. 76. 50. 41. 30 Belcania. 73. 50. 39 40 OF SYRIA, THE CITIES Alexandria 69. 30. 36. 10 Selutia 67. 30. 32. 50 Laodicea, Ramatha 88 30. 35. 3 Posidium 88 30. 35. 15 Myriandrus. Alapso 69. 30. 35. 50 PHOENICIA. Tripoli 67. 30. 34. 20 Biblus 67. 40. 33. 55 Sidon 67. 30. 33. 30 Tyrus 67. 5. 33. 18 For, commonly called Sur, à city after the ruin of Alexan der christened: now destroyed of the Turk. Of the ij. cities, Sidon & Tyrus, Christ our sa avior in his gospel speaketh. Ptolomais, Acon. 66. 50. 33. 0 Berytus, but of our travelers now called Barut, it is the Port of Damascus. 67. 0. 33. 20. Botrys, Botrus. 67. 50. 34. 5 Dora. 66. 30. 32. 40 Antiochia nigh the mount Tau rus, the Country of S. Luke Evangelist. 69. 0. 35. 30 Laonia. 70. 30. 36. 20 OF CURVA, THE CISIES. Abila Lysanium. 68 45 33. 20 Damascus, here did Cain, slay his brother Abel. 69. 0. 33. 0 Adra. 68 40. 32. 10 Hippus, Scphet. 68 0. 32. 30 Capitolia Sweta 69. 45. 32. 30 Philadelphia 68 0. 31. 20 LAODICINA. Paradissus 69. 45. 33. 35 JUDEA OR PALEstina. joppa, joppen or jaffa à port which was builded before the diludge. 65. 45. 31. 55 Ascalon, hibelis commonly called Escolona. 65. 0. 31. 40 The dead seas or lake of Sodom. 66. 50. 31. 10 OF GALILAEA. julias' or Bethsaida, the country of s. Peter, & s. Andrew. 67. 5. 31. 15. OF SAMARIA. Neapolis, Sichen here did Christ convert the samaritan. 66. 50. 31. 50 JUDVA. Gaza 65. 25. 31. 15 Sebasta, Samaria 65. 40 31. 30 Lydda Rama 66. 0. 32. 0 Ericus, jerico 66 15. 31. 25 Nicopolis sumtime called Emaus, here was Christ known by breaking of bread 65. 45. 31. 50. jerusalem which is now called Capitolia: & have divers other names: here was our saviour Christ jesus crucified, & paid the ransom for our sins in the beginning of the 34. year of his bodily age. 65. 45. 31. 22. IDUMAEA. Berzamma 64. 50. 31. 15 Maps. Massa 65. 40 30. 50 MESOPOTAMIA. Porsica 72. 0. 37. 30 Soleucia mosel 79. 0. 35. 40 Edesse. Raze 72. 30. 37. 30 Zama 75. 20. 36. 30 Car, Charan, here did the holy Patriarch, Abraham dwell. 73. 45. 36. 10. Babylon, Baldach the chief Bishop's sea in Chadea here (building the tower Babel) sprung the confusion of tongues. 79. 0. 35. 0. Bilba 79. 0. 35. 0 Caesa 76. 40. 32, 50 Thelma 77. 40. 32. 0 Orchoë 78. 30. 32. 40 ARABIA WHICH IS parted in three parts: Arabia deserta, Petrea, & Felix. Erupa 72. 30. 30. 15 Sora 75. 0. 30. 20 Choca 72. 3●…. 32. 40 Salma 78. 20. 29. 20 Lysa 65. 50. 30. 15 Petra 66. 45. 30. 20. Lydia 69. 0. 30. 40 The red seas through which Moses, & th'Israelites went 63. 30. 29. 50. Adra 6●…. 40. 31. 40 Mount Sinai, which is also called the mount Oreb, or Choreb. Here received Moses the x. commandments. 64. 0 30. 0. Thebae 69. 40. 21. 0 Muza 74. 30 14. 0 Sanina 75. 30. 11. ●…0 Arabia. Aden 80. 0. 11. 30 Moscha 88 30. 14. 0 Cabana 85. 0. 23. 0 Istriona 80. 0. 25. 40 Badea. Gydda 70. 0. 20. 15 Mecha. Here is the Sepulchre of Mahomet, which the Turks go to visit with great devotion, & yet strangers coming thither see no other thing than a golden shoe, hanging in the roof of the Temple. 72. 15. 23. 0 Saba, the seat of Gaspar the king, which brought gold of Arabic, to offer unto jesus, being a Child. 76. 0. 13. 0 ASSIRIA. Ninus, Niniute, a great City, but now desolate unto which jonas the Prophet was sent. 78, 0. 36. 0 Ctesiphon 80. 0. 35. 0 Arbila 80. 0. 37. 15 MEDIA. Zalaca 86. 15. 41. 0 Mandagara 87. 45. 39 30 Ecbatana 88 0. 37. 45 Veneca 93. 20. 38. 15 Gariauna 91. 0. 37. 20 Travaxa 92. 0. 37. 40 Rapsa 90. 10. 35. 40 Aradriphas 93. 20. 34. 45 SUSANA. Asia a City. 80. 10. 31 40 Susa Sambragata 84. 0. 34. 15 Tariana 84. 0. 32. 30 Agra 80. 30. 33. 45 PERSIA. Axima 87. 45. 33. 50 Persipolis 90. 0. 35. 10 Diodorus 91. 0. 33. 20 Niserga 90 15. 34. 0 Tragonica 87. 40. 32. 40 Bassara 81. 20. 29. 50 CARMANIA. Agris 96. 30. 23. 0 Gerniana 100 0. 2●…. 0 Thaspis 98. 0. 27. 40 Armusa 94. 30. 23. 30 PARTHIA. Hecatompylon, à City which have an hundredth gates. 96. 20. 37. 50. Rhoara 98. 30 38 20 Ambrodax 9●…. 30. 38. 20 Rhagaea 98. 20. 34. 20 Apphas. 98. 0. 35. 20 HYRCANIA. Hercana 98. 30. 40. 0 Adrapsa 98 30. 41. 40 Saca 94. 15. 39 30 MARGIANA. Sena 1. 2. 30. 42. 20 jasonium 103 30. 41. 30 Antiochia margiana 106▪ 0 41. 40 Nigaea 1●…5. 0. 41. 10 BACTRIANA. Chomara 106. 302 4. 40 Menapia 113. 0. 41. 20 Bactra 116. 0. 41. 0 SOGDIANA. Prepsa 130. 0. 45. 0 Alexandria oxiana 113. 0. 44. 40 Scythia within the Mount Emaus. Aspabota 102. 0. 44. 0 Davaba 104. 0, 45. 0 Scythia without the mount Emaus. The kingdom of Chatay is under the great Cham, king of the Tartarians, the chief Cities are Issedon scithica 150. 0. 48. 30 Soeta 145. 0. 35. 20 SERICA. Issedon serica 162. 0. 45. 0 Sera 177. 1●…. 38 35 Dama 156. 0. ●…1. 40 In this country breed the Worms which make silk, we call them in English Silk Worms, of which at this day the Spaniards have great Plenty. ARIA AND ARIANA. The iniddes of it 106. 0. 3▪. 30 Namaris 105. 40. 36. 10 Articaudna 109. 20. 36 10 Alexandria Ariae 11●…. 0. 3●…. 0 DRANGIANA. Asta 107. 30. 30. 40 Bigis 1●…1. 0. 29. 20 Agriapsa 108. 0. 34. 0 GEGROSIA. Cuni 110. 0. 23. 50 Parsis 106. 30. 23. 30 Arbis 105. 20. 20. 30 INDIA WITH IN the river Ganges. Bardaxima 213. 40. 20. 40 Monoglossum 114. 10. 18. 20 Mandagara 113. 0. 14. 30 Nitria 115 10. 14. 20 Colchi now called Cuchina, unto which the Lucitanians are very friendly 123. 0. 15. 0 Salur 125 0. 15. 0 Byzantium 113. 40. 14. 40 Tyndis 138. 30 16. 10 Calicutium, Calechut. The most fimous City of Merchandise in all India, they have a proper King of their own: but the Crown come not by succession unto their children for this cause. For they have this use that when any man marrieth, he must commit his wife to the priest to be deflowered. Unto this city is brought from all India all kind of spice, Cloves, Nutmegs Ginger, Cinamome, Rhubarb, Musk, Sanders, Aloës, Cassia. Also praecious stones of divers kinds, & all manner of silks. There are diverse sorts of inhabitants in this city: Christians, Turks, Mahomites, Caffranans, Idolaters. And this last kind do often (as it ware in token of Friendship) lend their wives one to another .112. 0. 5. 0 Simylla 110. 0. 14. 45 Hippocura 120. 30. 4. 0 Caticardama, Corimandel. 136. 20. 12. 40 Sambolaca 132. 15, 31. 50 PRASIA. Palibotra 143. 0. 27. 0 Tamalitis 144. 30. 16. 30 Sambalaca 141. 0. 29. 30 COUNTRIES AND City's without Ganges in India. Pcntapolis 150. 0. 18. 0 Baracura. Bangella 152. 30 16. 0 Sabara 159. 0. 8. 30 Begynga 162. 20. 8. 26 Tacola 160. 30. 4. 15 Sabana 160. 0. 3. 0 Colipolis 164. 20. 0. 0 Balonga 167. 30. 7. 0 Synda 167. 15. 13. 40 Thagora 168. 0. 6. 0 Eldana, hither came S. Thomas to praeche the Gospel. 152. 0. 13. 0 Trygliphon 154. 0. 17. 0 Gorgatha 167. 0. 12. 30 CHATAY, A REGION. Chataio 222. 0. 43. 50 West Ciamfu 222. 0. 37. 17 Quinsay, the greatest City in all th'earth, and is as much to say with us, as the heavenly City, in the mids of it, is a Lake, which in the circuit, have 1200. Bridges. 226. 0. 37. 40. Geiten 259. 0. 25. 15 East Ciamfu 231. 0. 3●…. 5 Focho 240. 55. 7. 0 Tingrei 236. 0. 35. 0 MANGI, THIS Contain in it. 9 kingdoms. Taygni 224. 15. 31. 0 Sygni 232. 0. 29. 20 Thebet, a Province in which the great Cham, lord of the East, & south Indians have his seat, & all the kings of India are under him. 204. 10. 3. 20. CYAMBA. Cyamba 208. 10. 25 30 These use Coral in the stead of money, they have great plenty of Nutmegs, Aloës, & all kind of Spices. SOUTH INDIA. Th' inhabitants are all Idolaters, & have these kingdoms following. Lamia 202. 10. 11. 40 Morfuli 285. 0. 13. 0 Thime 180. 0. South Pole. 3. 10. MOABAR. Nar. The inhabitants do worship Oxen 276. 0. South Pole. 20. 10 Malaqua, here was S. Thomas slain 260. 6. South Pole. 15 30 THE KINGDOM of Lac. Lac, à city, th' inhabitants worship Oxen, & are great Idolaters, yet just in their affairs, & haters of lies, & liars. 166. 30. 21. 40. ¶ OF THE ISLANDS adjacent to Asia, and India, and new Regions of this iij. part lately found out. CYPRUS. IT is an Island in the middle earth Seas, in which japhat, one of Noë his sons, first inhabitid. 65. 30. 35. 10 SCOTORA. Scotora, in Arabi●… the happy now it is called Scoyra. 86. 20. 12. 0. ORMUSA. Ormusa is an Island in the narrow Persic seas. 96. 20 19 0 TABROBANA. It is also named Samotra, it is a great Island. 151. 15. It is without Latitude, because it is under th' Equinoctial. COO. Coo, an Island, in which the the prince of physicians Hip pocrat. was born. 57 0. 36. 25. THE GREATER java. java. 17●…. 0. the south pole. 7 ●…0 BORNO. Borno, an Island. 178. 0. The South pole. 2. 30 THE LESSER java. java. 188. 9 Under th' equinoctial. AMBICON. Ambicon. 166. 0. The south pole 7.0. GELILO. Gelilo, also Solor, one of the greatest Islands of Moluck. 204. 0. The south Pole.▪ 1. 0 ISLANDS OF Moluck. Th' other Islands are under 193. 0. 9 0. degrees. JUCATAN jucatan. 257. 30. 19 0 CUBA. Cuba. 269. 30. 23. 30 It is under the Tropic of Cancer. JAMAICA. jamaica. 270. 0. 19 30. VASANDREA. Vasandrea. 3●…1. 30. 40. 0. Thus endeth the particular description of Asia. A PERTICULER DESCRIPTION OF such parts of America, as are by travail found out. RIGHT order enforceth that (the iij. parts of the Earth, being set out according to their notable parts) I shall direct my Pen to speak of America, which is named the fourth part, & was to Ptolomaeus, & th' Ancient Geographers unknown: as also at this present great part of it is not yet found out. It taketh the name of America, of Americus Uesputius, who by the commandment of Ferdinando king of Castle, found it out, in the year of Christ our Saviour. 1497. about th' end of june, as doth appear by his own testimony. The people both men, & women are naked, neither suffer they any hear to grow on their bodies, no not on their brows, the head except. They are excellent in swimming, both men & women, so that they without weariness can swim ij▪ leaques. Their weapons are bows, & arrows, which they praepare, & head with stones, & the teeth of Fish, for that they want Iron, & all metal (gold except.) They have war with th' inhabitants of the country next them, which have an other language. But it is not for richesse, for enlarging their signory, or election of a king: but for to revenge the deaths of their praedicessors. There is no law or order observed of wedlock, for it is lawful to have so many women as they affect, & to put them away with out any danger. They be filthy at meat, & in all secret acts of nature, comparable to brute beasts. Their bread is roots, & their meat man's flesh, for all their enemies, which they overcome, they with great banqueting devour. Their houses are builded like the shape of Bells, & covered with leaves & palms of trees. they use no kind of Merchandise, and as for gold, Pearl, stone, & that we have in great prize: they have in no esti mation. For their richesse is in feathers of divers colours, & stones, which they hang on their ears & lips for an ornatur. They do honour the Son, Moon, & Stars. There is also in the west part of America, à region call led Peru, most rich of all other that hitherto have been found both of meatalles, & praecious Drugs. Their sheep be of such fertility, that they twice yearly have Lamb. Th' inhabitants are civil, wise, prudent, skilful of merchandise. But yet they know not Christ. The mids of America is in degrees. 330. 0. The pole Antarctik 10. 0. The breadth of it is 2100. English miles, the length 3000. miles. There are divers and sundry Islands about America, in our days found out of which hereafter shall follow the principal. PERV WITH THE shore toward Spain. Peru. 290. 5. 0. south pole. Archay Cherson●…sus. 303. 0. 5. 0 Caput de Stado. 317. 0▪ 2. 30 Sinus aquae dulcis, here are seven. Islands found, in which are great plenty of Pearl, & praecious Stones. 322. 0. South Pole. 5. 0. Rio grand 329. 0. South pole. 4. 30 S. Rochi 341. 0. South pole. 8. 15 Caput S. Crucis, here Magelanus found a Giant x. foot in length. 345. 0. 140. Rio. s. jacobi 356. 0. 23. 30 Rio d●…. s. Lucia 341. 0. 27. 20 ISLANDS Adjoining to America. Riqua the lesser 296. 0. 10. 0 Riqua the greater 300. 0. 9 0 Th' Island of Giants 308. 7. 5. 0 Th' Island of Brasil 305. 4. 6. 10 Lafoy ponto 318. 30. 4. 0 Spagnolla, here is found, Gua iacum that healeth the Neapolitan sickness. And the mids of th' Island contain. 305. 0. 23. 0. ¶ ISLANDS TOWARD Africa, are innumerable of which these are found out. Todosanctos 332. 30. 17. 0 Deforana 323. 0. 18. 0 Degadalupo 331. 10. 15. 30 Caput de bonaventur 294. 10. 4. 10 The green Island. 347. 0. 14. 0 FINIS. A PLENTIFUL TABLE CONTAINING the principal matters of the whole work, reduced into th' order of th' alphabet, for the speedier finding of such things, as you require. A ABILE, one of Hercules Columns. 58. 187 Egyptians first founnd the 8. heaven. 12 equinoctial Circle what. 22 His use. 24 Aenr divided into iij. Regions. 42 Aeolus, God of winds. 112. 159 Aetna, a burning Hill. 176 Africa, & her description. 184 whereof it took name. eodem. Albania. 193 Albetragnius error in placing Venus above the Son. 11 Alexander the great were borne. 183 Alfonsus. 2 He first found out the x. heaven. 12 Where he dwelled. 178 Alphraganus. 11 Ambicon. 198 America, & her description. 200 Amphiscij. 68 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 190 Angle of Sight what. 137 what a perfect Angle. 138 Andwarpe. 180 Antarctick circle what. 37 Antiochia. 193 Antipodes. 21. 70. 80 Apians way to find the Longit. 106 Apollo first ●…ounde Physic. 2 Where he gave Oracles. 184 Arabia. 195 Archimedes devised Glassis to burn with all. 2 Arctic circle what. 36 ☞ Argentina, look Strausborough. Argument of the whole work. 8 Aria & Ariana. 196 Aristotle. 9 Arithmetic needful in cosmography. 4 Armenia, & ●…yr chief places. 193 Armusa. 198 Asia, the third part of th' Earth, & ●…yr Adescription. 190. 191 scij. 69 Assiria. 194 Atlas. 2 Atreus first found the sons Eclipse 97 Auicenna defended. 81 Axe tree what. 14 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 64 B. BAbilon. 194 Bactriana, & her Cities. 195 Bagpipe used in War. 172 Barbarica Mauritania. 185 Barley corn the least measure. 56 Blazing Stars engendered, where. 42 Body, what it is. 55 Bononie. 182 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 64 Barno. 198 Brasil, an Island. 202 Burning Hills. 176. 175 Burning zone. 66 Polybius error herein. 65 That it is habitable eodem Bythinia. 19●… C. CAdmos, an Hill. 191 Caesariensis Mauritania. 187 Calicute, & the nature of th' inhabitants. 196 Calpe, one of Hercules Pillars. 58. 178 Cambridge. 173 Canarian Islands the first digr. of Lon. 58 Their numbered. 188 Capadocia. 193 Cards particular made ij. ways. 115 And how to make them. 116. 117 Caria, & her Cities. 191 Carmania. 195 ☞ A Cart for tl●…●…ight part of th' Earth. 122 For the half part of th' Earth. 125 For the whole face of th' Earth. 127 ☞ Cayla, look Quiola. Centre: what. 14 Ceres Goddess of Corne. 112 Chatay. 197 chorography, what. 6 How it differeth from cosmography, & geography. 7 Cilicia. 193 Circle what, & how it differeth from a Sphere. 17 Circles Arctic, & Antartik. 37 Circles greater & lesser. 39 Circuit of th' Earth, how to find it out. 60 How many English miles it containeth. 61. Cities governed of the Signs & Planets. 134 Cleomedes. 9 Climate, what. 73 Division of them after Ptolomaeus. eodem. Their number. 74 Their names. 75 South Climates. 76 Their Table. 78. 79 Cooblentz. 181 Colchis. 193 colen, where the Pilgrimage is to the three kings. 181 Colour circles ij. & their definition. 36 Comets engendered where. 42 Constantinople. 184 Contents of the first book. 51 Continens what. 113 Coos. 198 Corsica, an Island. 176 cosmography meet for all estates. 4 cosmography most excellent of all Sciences. eodem. Cosmographies definition. 5 How it differeth from geography. 6 cosmography excelleth Geography, and chorography. 8 The principal part of it. 111 Cosmographical Glass. 120 Crates error placing the Luminaries above th' eight heaven. 11 Crete an Island. 177 Cuba. 198 compass unknown to th' old Hydrographers. 160 The Country of Pygmeans. 191 Curua, & her chief cities. 163 Cyamba. 197 Cyclades Islands. 176 Cyprus. 198 D. DAlmatia. 182 Damascus 193 Declination, what 28 Declination how to be sought out by instrument. 29 ☞ A Table of the sons declination. 31 Democritus error in placing of Mercury. 11. Distinction of Zones. 65 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 64 Diameter of a Sphere what, & how it differeth from th' Axe tree. 15 degree, what. 25 degrees of Longitude of places, from whence accounted. 58 Dimention, what it is. 55 Distance in miles, of diverse places, how to find out. 140 Distance of places how to find out. 141 Diversity of opinions, touching th' earth bis circuit. 62 Diversity of the sons declination from Ptolomaeus, to our time. 28 Doris, & her chief places. 191 Drangiana. 196 E. EArth, what. 43 Opinions of her figure eodem The mids of it. 6 Objections against her roundness. 44 And th' answers. 45 Earth, and the world, not one thing. 10 Th' Earth a stone. 45 Of th' Earth's circuit, divers, opinions 62 Th' Earth, how to describe it in a universal card. 127 Or half th' Earth. 125 Or th' eight part. 122 Or one particular Region. 121 Ebb tides. 145 The cause of it. 146 Their time. 151 Ebudae, Islands joining to Irlande. 172 Ecliptic line, what. 25 Eclipse of the Son who first found out 97. The cause of the Moon Eclipsed. eodan Figures of Eclipsis. 98. 99 100 101. 102. Elementary Region. 40 Elements, why but iiij. 41 Their situation & place. eodem. Elevation of the Pole, how to find it. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. Emantba. eodem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 xi. Heaven. 12 England, & her principal cities. 173. 174. Englshie miles, what they contain in the length. 56 How many barley corns thereto answereth. eodem. Epact how to find it. 148 Ephesus. 191 Epirus, & her chief Places. 183 Eubae, an Island. 177 Euclides Elementaries. 5 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 64 Europe, whereof it took that name. 170 The description of it. 171 The Bigness of it. eodem. F. Figure's of the Moon Eclipsed. 98 Florence. 182 Fountains of marvelous nature. 175 Fortunate Islands, the first degree of Longitude. 58 Their number. 188 Fourlong, a kind of measure, and his quan titie. 56 France, & her description. 178 Fretum, what. 144 Frozen zones two. 66 Fruits of well spent time. 2 G GAdira, an Island. 177 Gaditanum fretum, where 184 Galenus country 191 Gelilo 198 Galitia, & her Cities 191 Gazophilation Astronomicum. 89 Gedrosia 196 Gemma Phrisus way to find the Longitude of places 109 Geography, what it is. 5 How it differeth from cosmography. 6 Geographical plainsphere. 137 Geometry need full in cosmography. 4 Germany, & her description. 189 German miles, both comen & great, & the quantity. 56. 57 Giants Island. 202 Glarians error. 59 His way to find the Noonesteade line. 82. Grene Island. 202 H Happy men. 1 Hail engendered where. 42 Heavenly Region contain x. Heavens. 10 Th' eight, nine, and ten Heaven, who found them out. 12 Hecla, a burning Hill. 175 Hell, where. 82 Helga, an Hill in Island. eodem Helicon, the holy Hill 184 Helvetian miles. 57 Hemisphere of th' Earth, how to be drawn in a Cart. 125 Hercules Pillars, or Columns. 58 Heydelberge. 181 Jerusalem. 194 Hypocrates country. 198 Hyrcania, and her chief cities. 195 Hills, the greatest in all tb' Earth. 44. Heteroscij. 70 Homerus country. 191 Horizont Circle, what. 18 Divided in two parts. 19 Th' use of the Horizont. 24 Horizont divided into. 32. Parts. 156 Hot winds from the South, & the cause. 158. Hour of the day known by the coast of the Son. 157. 158 I. Jacobus Staff. 105 jamaica. 198 Iberia, & her chief Cities. 193 Idumea, & her Cities. 194 Island, what. 112 Islands in Europe from. 172. unto. 178. In Africa. 188 In Asia. 198 In America. 201. 202 Ilium. 191 Illyria. 182 Infortunate men. 1 India within Gangis. 196 Soutb India. 198 ☞ An Instrument serving to the describing of a Country. 136 ☞ An Instrument serving to Navigation. 162 john Faustus first found out printing. 181. john Halifax called, De sacro bosco. 14 Irlande, & her description. 172 It hath plenty of Alum, sea Cole, and Wolves. eodem It is without venamous worms and beast eodem. Island and her description 175. 176 Isthmus what. 113 Italy and her chief Cities. 182 Italian miles. 56 jucatan 198 India. 194 java the greater. 198 java the lesser. eodem L LAc á kingdom. 198 Lacus. what. 144 Lactantius petulancy. 38 Laodicina and her cities. 194 Laponto. 202 Latitude of regions, what. 59 Latitude of Regions how to find out from 91. Unto. 95 Length of miles. 56 ☞ A leque what it containeth. eodem Licaonia & her Cities. 191 Line what it is. 55. Line Ecliptic. 25 London, how long builded before Rome 173. before Cbristes' Incarnation. 174 Longitude taken two ways. 58 Of Longitudes of places, where the first degree is placed. eodem Longitude of regions how to find out sundry ways from. 103 Unto. 108 Loode star and his configuration. 166 Louvain. 180 ☞ S. Luke's Country. 193 Lybia interior. 187 Lydia. 191 Lyra. 82 M MAcedonia and her description. 183 Madagascar an Island. 188 Mahomates Sepulchre, where. 194 Making of particular cards, by Longitude and Latitude. 116. 117 ☞ Without Longitude and Latitude. 137. 138. Mangi. 197 Maiorica & Minorica Islands. 176. A Map for one Region. 120 A Map for th' eight part of th' earth. 122 A Map for half th' earth. 125 A Map for all th' earth. 127 Mare mortuum. 144 Mare congelatum. eodem Marmarica. 187 Margiana. 195 Mauritania Tingitana, and her description. 185 Mauritania Caesariensis. 187 Measures of divers sorts and quantity. eodem. Medera an Island. 188 Media and her cities. 195 Men most happy. 1 Men most infortunate. eodem Mentz. 181 Meroe and her description. 187 Meridian circle, what. 21 The use of the Meridian. 24 Meridian line how to find it. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88 Meridional signs. 26 Mesopotamia. 194 Middle earth seas. 143 Miles of divers countries, and their quantity. 56 Milan. 182 Minute, what. 25 Moabar. 198 Moons age how to find it at all times. 147. moons shining every month. 149 What cost of the Moon make full Seas in the chief costs of this our Ocean. 151 Of Moon Eclipsed, what is the cause. 97 Figures of her Eclipses. 98 Morfuli. 198 moscovia and the nature of the people. 182 Mount Sinai. 194 N NAplis. 182 Needle and his praise. 160 Where it have erred. 160 How to correct it. 161 Neptunus God of the seas. 112. 159 Nicaea. 191 Ninive. 195 North Pole and his configuration. 166 Norwich subject to fire. 174 Her picture set out. 8 North winds cold and the cause. 158 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 64 Numidia and her chief places. 187 O Ocean seas. what. 143 Olympus a famous hill. 44. 191 Oracles where given to the Grecians. 184. Orchney Islands. 171 Orontius. 5 Observations of the Needle, where it have erred. 161 Ouides versis for the placing of the Sphere of the Son. 11 The North Pole to be above the Horizont. 37 The signs to ascend and descend equally under th' equinoctial. 32 The division of Zones. 66 Oxford. 174 P PAdua. 182 Palus, what. 144 Pamphilia. 191. Paris. 189 Paradise, where. 82 Contention of the divines touching it. Look in the preface. Pargamus. 191. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 73 A Parallel what, and their numbered. 74 Their Table. 78. 79 Persia. 195 Parthia. eodem Peninsula what. 113 Particular cards made. ij. ways. 115 Peru. 200 Phaenitia. 193 Phoenix an hill. 191 Philonicus what it signifieth. 3 Places dictaunce how to find out. 140. 141 Planets have. ij. declinations. 28 A plat form what, and how many ways spoken. 55 Plato. 9 His error in the placing of the luminares. eodem. A point, what. 55 Point vertical, what. 60 Pole of the Horizont. 21. 60 Poles elevation how to find out. 91 92. 93. 94. 95. Polybius error touching the numbered of Zones. 65 Pontus and her chief places. 191 Porto sancto an Island. 188 Prasia. 196 Printing first found, where. 181 Ptolomaeus. 2 He first found out the. 9 heaven. 12 His rule serving to the observing of altitudes. 88 He excused. 118. 169 Pygmeans country. 191 Physic who first found it out. 2 Pythagoras error, touching vacuum. 9 Pythia. 184 Q QVadrate an instrument of Navigation. 162 Quality of winds. 158. 159 Quantity of measures used in dimension. 56 Quiola. 187 R Read seas. 143. 194 Region elementary. 40 The heavenly Region contain. x. spheres. 10 Regions governed of the signs and Planets. 134 Regions Longitude, how to find it out. 103 Unto. 108 Regions Latitude, how to find out. 91 Unto. 95 Reward of learning in old time. 111 Rome. 182 Rio de grand. 202 Rio. S. jacobi. eodem Rio de. S. Lucia. eodem Riqua the greater. eodem Riqua the lesser. eodem S SAmaria. 194 Sardinia with her Cities and Towns. eodem. Sheubelius Algeber. 5 Scotland, and her description. 174. 175 Scotora. 198 Scythia without the hill Imaus. 195 Seas and her division. 143 Sepulchre of Mahomet. 194 Shipman's Needle when it err to correct it. 161 Shipman's compass unknown to the old Hydrographers. 160 Ship out of her course how to come in it again. 166 Shadows and their diversity. 69. 70 A Table of Shadows. 72 Sicilia an Island with her chief places. 176 Sidon. 193 A sign, what. 25 Signs Meridional. 26 Signs Septentrional. eodem Sinus, what. 143 Smyrna. 191 Snow engendered, where. 42 Sogdiana. 195 Summer Tropic. 33 Sons sphere in what order placed. 11 Errors touching the same. eodem The Son have. ij. declinations. 28. 93 A Table of his declination. 31. 32 When he is in the tropic points, or Equinoctial. 53 Sons rising and setting through all the year. 148 South India. 198 South Pole and his configuration. 166 South winds hot, and the cause. 158 Sparades Ilandei. 177 Spagnolla. 202 Spain and her description. 177 Sphere, what. 14 Divided in two parts. 16 Shere have. x. Circles. 18 Spoudaeus, what it do the signify 3 Spring tides. 145 Strausborough. 181 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what and whereof so called. 56 Stagnum what. 144 Sulphur where great plenty. 175 Syria and her Cities. 193 T TAble of fixed stars. 27 Table of the sons declination. 31 Table of shadows. 72 Table of Climates. 78. 79 Table for turning hours of the day into degr. & min. of th' equinoctial. 104 Tabrobana. 198 terrestrial globe. 114 Theodosius. 5 Things seen longer in mìnde, then only hard. 7 S. Thomas Island. 187 Tides both spring and ebb 143 Theridamas cause. 146 Time the greatest treasure. 1 The fruits of time well spent. 2 Time bring all things to perfection. 3 Times of the year, where they take their beginning. 35 Time tedious. 142 Times of ebbing and flowing. 151 Tingitana mauritania. 185 Trallis. 191 Tropic circles. 33 Summer tropic, what. eodem Winter Tropic. 34 Tyrus. 193 V Venomous beasts and worms not in Ireland. 172 Africa abound therewith. 184 Vertical point, what. 21. 60 Vesandrea. 198 W Winter tropic, what. 34 Winds what. 153 And there numbered. 153. 154 Winds temperate under th' equinoctial. 159 World what it is. 9 The world & earth not ove thing eodem The world made of. ij. carts. 9 Z Zenit, what. 21. 60 Zodiac, what. 22 Zodiakes use. 26 Zone, what. 63 Theridamas numbered. 64 Theridamas qualities. 66. 67. That they are all habitable. 67. 68 Zones divided into climates & parallels. 73 FINIS. Faults escaped in the Imprinting. Fol. 2. the vi. line, Ingens, read Engeins. Fol. 25. th' eighteen line, goeth overthwart them, read, goeth overthwart the Sphere. Fol. 69. the xxi. line, Zolstitii, read Solstitii. Fol. 121. the last line, whose compass, read whose composition is in this wise. Describe a Circle with your compass. Fol. 189. the two. columbe, the last line, it exten- read, it extendeth. ¶ AN extract OF THE QVENES' highness gracious Privilege, & Licence. ELIZABETH by the grace of God Queen of England, France, and Ireland, defender of the faith etc. To all manner of Printers, Book sellers, and other our Officers, Ministers, and subjects: greating. We do you to understand, that of our grace especial, we have granted, & given privilege and licence: And by these presents for us, our heirs, and successors do grant and give Privilege and Licence, unto our well-beloved subject john Day, of the city of London, Printer, and Stationer, and to his assigns for the term of his life, to Imprint, or cause to be Imprinted, as well the Cosmographical Glass, compiled by William Cuningham Doctor in Physic, as also during the time of seven. years, all such Books, and works, as he hath Imprinted, or hereafter shall Imprint, being devised, compiled, or set out by any learned man, at the procurement, costs, & charge, only of the said john Day. straightly forbidding and commanding by these presents, all and singular our subjects, as well Printers, & Bookesellers, as all other persons within our Realms & Dominions, what so ever they be, in any manner of wise, to Imprint, or cause to be Imprinted, any of the aforesaid Books, that the said john Day shall by authority of this our licence, imprint, or cause to be imprinted, or any part of them: But only the said john Day, and his assigns, upon pain of our high indignation. And that every offendor therein shall forfeit to our use forty shillings of lawful money of England, for every such Book or Books, at any time so Printed contrary to the true meaning of this our present Licence, and Privilege: Over and besides all such Book, or Books so Printed, to be forfeited to whom so ever shall sustain the charges, & sue the said forfeiture in our behalf. etc. Given at our palace of Westminster the xxviii. day of October, the first year of our Reign. ¶ Imprinted at London by john Day, dwelling over Aldersgate, beneath Saint martin's. 1559.